Remove a useless log message and improve the logic for setting
a PHY address from the contents of the MNG_IF_SEL register.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-29
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake provides all the changes in this series starting with fixes an issue
where VF devices may fail during an unbind/bind and we will never zero
the reference counter for the pci_dev structure. Updated the hot path
to use SW counters instead of checking for hardware Tx pending for
possible transmit hangs, which will improve performance. Fixed the NAPI
budget accounting so that fm10k_poll will return actual work done,
capped at (budget - 1) instead of returning 0. Added a check to ensure
that the device is in the normal IO state before continuing to probe,
which allows us to give a more descriptive message of what is wrong
in the case of uncorrectable AER error. In preparation for adding Geneve
Rx offload support, refactored the current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit
more generic. Added support for receive offloads on one Geneve tunnel.
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared, to
make sure that bits related to queue ownership are maintained. Fixed
an issue in queue ownership assignment which casued a race condition
between the PF and the VF such that potentially a VF could cause FUM
fault errors due to normal PF/VF driver behavior.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the PF assigns a new MAC address to a VF it uses the base address
registers to store the MAC address. This allows a VF which loads after
this setup the ability to get the initial address without having to wait
for a mailbox message. Unfortunately to do this, the PF must take queue
ownership away from the VF, which can cause fault errors when there is
already an active VF driver.
This queue ownership assignment causes race condition between the PF and
the VF such that potentially a VF can cause FUM fault errors due to
normal PF/VF driver behavior.
It is not safe to simply allow the PF to write the base address
registers without taking queue ownership back as the PF must also
disable the queues, and this would impact active VF use. The current
code is safe because the queue ownership will prevent the VF from
actually writing but does trigger the FUM fault.
We can do better by simply avoiding the register write process when
a mailbox message suffices. If the message can be sent over the mailbox,
then we will not perform the queue ownership assignment and we won't
update the base address to be the same as the MAC address.
We do still have to write the TXQCTL registers in order to update the
VID of the queue. This is necessary because the TXQCTL register is
read-only from the VF, and thus the VF cannot do this for itself. This
register does not need to wait for the Tx queue to be disabled and is
safe for the PF to write during normal VF operation, so we move this
write to the top of the function above the mailbox message. Without
this, the TXQCTL register would be misconfigured and cause the VF to Tx
hang.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared. This
ensures that bits related to queue ownership are maintained.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to how we handle VXLAN offload, enable support for a single
Geneve tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for adding Geneve Rx offload support, refactor the
current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit more generic so that it will be
easier to add the new Geneve code. The fm10k hardware supports one VXLAN
and one Geneve tunnel, so we will eventually treat the VXLAN and Geneve
tunnels identically. To this end, factor out the code that handles the
current list so that we can use the generic flow for both tunnels in the
next patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of a surprise remove, we expect the driver to go down,
which includes calling .stop_hw(). However, this function will return an
error because the queues won't appear to cleanly disable. Prevent this
and avoid the unnecessary checks by just returning when
FM10K_REMOVED(hw->hw_addr) is true.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of an uncorrectable AER error occurring when the driver has
not loaded, the recovery routines are not done. This is done because
future loads of the driver may not be aware of the IO state and may not
be able to recover at all. In this case, when we next load the driver it
fails due to what appears to be a surprise remove event. Instead, add
a check to ensure that the device is in the normal IO state before
continuing to probe. This allows us to give a more descriptive message
of what is wrong.
Without this change, the driver will attempt to probe up to our first
call of .reset_hw() which will be unable to read registers and act as if
a surprise remove event occurred.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When fm10k_poll fully cleans rings it returns 0. This is incorrect as it
messes up the budget accounting in the core NAPI code. Fix this by
returning actual work done, capped at budget - 1 since the core doesn't
expect a return of the full budget when the driver modifies the NAPI
status.
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While technically not needed, as all our uses of ACCESS_ONCE are scalar
types, we already use READ_ONCE in a few places, and for code
readability we can swap all the uses of the older ACCESS_ONCE into
READ_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is only used in fm10k_ethtool.c, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch added support to check for hardware Tx pending in the
fm10k_down routine. This support was intended to ensure that we
accurately check what the hardware state is. However, checking for Tx
hangs in this manor during the hotpath results in a large performance
hit. Avoid this by making the hotpath check use the SW counters instead.
Fixes: a0f53cf49cb0 ("fm10k: use actual hardware registers when checking for pending Tx", 2016-06-08)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch removed the pci_disable_device() call in
.io_error_detected. This call corresponded to a pci_enable_device_mem()
call within .io_slot_reset handler. Change the call here to
a pci_reenable_device() so that it does not increment and leak the
enable_cnt reference count for the device. Without this change, VF
devices may fail during an unbind/bind, and we'll never zero the
reference counter for the pci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The newly added reset logic uses helper functions for the MMIO that
may fail. However, when the read operation fails, we end up writing
back uninitialized data to the register, as gcc warns:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_xgmac.c: In function 'xgene_enet_link_state':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_xgmac.c:213:2: error: 'data' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_xgmac.c:209:6: note: 'data' was declared here
u32 data;
We already print a warning to the console log if that happens,
the best alternative that I can see is skip the rest of the reset
sequence if the register value cannot be read: Most likely the
write would fail as well, and if it succeeded, worse things could
happen.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 3eb7cb9dc9 ("drivers: net: xgene: XFI PCS reset when link is down")
Cc: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After resume from hibernate on arm64, any amd-xgbe devices that were
running when we hibernated are reported as down, even when it is not.
Re-plugging the cables does not cause the interface to come back, the
link must be marked as down then up via 'ip set link' using the serial
console.
This happens because the device has been power-cycled and possibly
re-initialised by firmware, whereas the driver's memory structures have
been restored from the hibernate image and the two do not agree.
Schedule a restart of the device after powerup in case the world changed
while we were asleep.
Signed-off-by: James Morse <james.morse@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b70661c708 ("net: smc91x: use run-time configuration on all ARM
machines") broke some ARM platforms through several mistakes. Firstly,
the access size must correspond to the following rule:
(a) at least one of 16-bit or 8-bit access size must be supported
(b) 32-bit accesses are optional, and may be enabled in addition to
the above.
Secondly, it provides no emulation of 16-bit accesses, instead blindly
making 16-bit accesses even when the platform specifies that only 8-bit
is supported.
Reorganise smc91x.h so we can make use of the existing 16-bit access
emulation already provided - if 16-bit accesses are supported, use
16-bit accesses directly, otherwise if 8-bit accesses are supported,
use the provided 16-bit access emulation. If neither, BUG(). This
exactly reflects the driver behaviour prior to the commit being fixed.
Since the conversion incorrectly cut down the available access sizes on
several platforms, we also need to go through every platform and fix up
the overly-restrictive access size: Arnd assumed that if a platform can
perform 32-bit, 16-bit and 8-bit accesses, then only a 32-bit access
size needed to be specified - not so, all available access sizes must
be specified.
This likely fixes some performance regressions in doing this: if a
platform does not support 8-bit accesses, 8-bit accesses have been
emulated by performing a 16-bit read-modify-write access.
Tested on the Intel Assabet/Neponset platform, which supports only 8-bit
accesses, which was broken by the original commit.
Fixes: b70661c708 ("net: smc91x: use run-time configuration on all ARM machines")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool has 11 flow tables, each flow table has its own priority.
Increase the number of priorities to be aligned with the number of flow
tables.
Fixes: 1174fce8d1 ('net/mlx5e: Support l3/l4 flow type specs in ethtool flow steering')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon set ETS failure due to user invalid input, add error prints to
specify the exact error to the user.
Fixes: cdcf11212b ('net/mlx5e: Validate BW weight values of ETS')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free 'in' command object also when mlx5_core_modify_tir fails.
Fixes: 724b2aa151 ("net/mlx5e: TIRs management refactoring")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a counter in ethtool for the number of times that
TX xmit_more was used.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver RQ has two possible configurations: striding RQ and
non-striding RQ. Until this patch, the driver always reported the
number of hardware WQEs (ring descriptors). For non striding RQ
configuration, this was OK since we have one WQE per pending packet
For striding RQ, multiple packets can fit into one WQE. For better
user experience we normalize the rx_pending parameter (size of wqe/mtu)
as the average ring size in case of striding RQ.
Fixes: 461017cb00 ('net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE ...')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of asking the firmware to flush the SQ (Send Queue) via
asynchronous completions when moved to error, we handle SQ flush
manually (mlx5e_free_tx_descs) same as we did when SQ flush got
timed out or on tx_timeout.
This will reduce SQs flush time and speedup interface down procedure.
Moved mlx5e_free_tx_descs to the end of en_tx.c for tx
critical code locality.
Fixes: 29429f3300 ('net/mlx5e: Timeout if SQ doesn't flush during close')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ICO (Internal control operations) SQ (Send Queue) is closed/disabled
after RQ (Receive Queue). After RQ is closed an ICO SQ completion
might post a fragmented MPWQE (Multi Packet Work Queue Element) into
that RQ.
As on regular RQ post, check if we are allowed to post to that
RQ (RQ is enabled). Cleanup in-progress UMR MPWQE on mlx5e_free_rx_descs
if needed.
Fixes: bc77b240b3 ('net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will significantly reduce receive queue flush time on interface
down.
Instead of asking the firmware to flush the RQ (Receive Queue) via
asynchronous completions when moved to error, we handle RQ flush
manually (mlx5e_free_rx_descs) same as we did when RQ flush got timed
out.
This will reduce RQs flush time and speedup interface down procedure
(ifconfig down) from 6 sec to 0.3 sec on a 48 cores system.
Moved mlx5e_free_rx_descs en_main.c where it is needed, to keep en_rx.c
free form non critical data path code for better code locality.
Fixes: 6cd392a082 ('net/mlx5e: Handle RQ flush in error cases')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ConnectX-4 UMR (User Memory Region) MTT translation table offset in WQE
is limited to U16_MAX, before this patch we ignored that limitation and
requested the maximum possible UMR translation length that the netdev
might need (MAX channels * MAX pages per channel).
In case of a system with #cores > 32 and when linear WQE allocation fails,
falling back to using UMR WQEs will cause the RQ (Receive Queue) to get
stuck.
Here we limit UMR length to min(U16_MAX, max required pages) (while
considering the required alignments) on driver load, by default U16_MAX is
sufficient since the default RX rings value guarantees that we are in
range, dynamically (on set_ringparam/set_channels) we will check if the
new required UMR length (num mtts) is still in range, if not, fail the
request.
Fixes: bc77b240b3 ('net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the cpsw_fill_rx_channels()
error handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: ce52c74457 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: add ethtool channels support")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_TRIGGER_INTERRUPT does not work on the SFC9140, as used in the
sfn7x42q and sfn7x24f.
Check for this using the MCDI workaround mechanism.
The command is only used during self test. If it's not supported, skip
the interrupt test.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nic_data was already initialised to the right thing, no need to assign
it again.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX size bins were not supported on the 7000's 40G MAC, but the 8000 series
does support them and the MCPU advertises that via a new capability bit.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32-bit systems, mask is only an array of 3 longs, not 4, so don't try
to write to mask[3].
Also include build-time checks in case the size of the bitmask changes.
Fixes: 3c36a2aded ("sfc: display vadaptor statistics for all interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tso/tso6 support to the alx driver.
Based on information from the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because we change to use the PDMA as the Ethernet RX DMA engine,
the patch modifies to set GDM to send packets to PDMA for RX.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because the PDMA has richer features than the QDMA for Ethernet RX
(such as multiple RX rings, HW LRO, etc.),
the patch modifies to use the PDMA to handle Ethernet RX.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of trapping certain packets to the CPU and then relying on it to
flood them we can instead make the device mirror them.
The following packet types are mirrored:
* DHCP: Broadcast packets that should be flooded by the device, but also
trapped in case CPU is running the DHCP server.
* IGMP query: Multicast packets that need to be forwarded to other
bridge ports, but also trapped so that receiving netdev will be marked
as a router port by the bridge driver.
* ARP request: Broadcast packets that should be forwarded to other
bridge ports, but also trapped in case requested IP is of the local
machine.
* ARP response: Unicast packets that should be forwarded by the bridge
but also trapped in case response is directed at us.
Set the trap action of such packets to mirror and mark them using
'offload_fwd_mark' to prevent the bridge driver from forwarding them
itself.
Note that OSPF packets are also marked despite their action being trap.
The reason for this is that the device traps such packets in the
pipeline after they were already flooded.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we only trapped packets to CPU, but we are going to allow
some packets to be mirrored (trap & forward) to CPU.
Extend the Rx listener with 'action' member.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of copying & pasting the same struct initialization for every
Rx listener, just use a macro.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_fwd_mark_set() is used to set the 'offload_fwd_mark' of
port netdevs so that packets being flooded by the device won't be
flooded twice.
It works by assigning a unique identifier (the ifindex of the first
bridge port) to bridge ports sharing the same parent ID. This prevents
packets from being flooded twice by the same switch, but will flood
packets through bridge ports belonging to a different switch.
This method is problematic when stacked devices are taken into account,
such as VLANs. In such cases, a physical port netdev can have upper
devices being members in two different bridges, thus requiring two
different 'offload_fwd_mark's to be configured on the port netdev, which
is impossible.
The main problem is that packet and netdev marking is performed at the
physical netdev level, whereas flooding occurs between bridge ports,
which are not necessarily port netdevs.
Instead, packet and netdev marking should really be done in the bridge
driver with the switch driver only telling it which packets it already
forwarded. The bridge driver will mark such packets using the mark
assigned to the ingress bridge port and will prevent the packet from
being forwarded through any bridge port sharing the same mark (i.e.
having the same parent ID).
Remove the current switchdev 'offload_fwd_mark' implementation and
instead implement the proposed method. In addition, make rocker - the
sole user of the mark - use the proposed method.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ppe_cb->ppe_common_cb is being dereferenced before a null check is
being made on it. If ppe_cb->ppe_common_cb is null then we end up
with a null pointer dereference when assigning dsaf_dev. Fix this
by moving the initialisation of dsaf_dev once we know
ppe_cb->ppe_common_cb is OK to dereference.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cp_rx_poll does not get enough packet, it will check the rx
interrupt status again. If so, it will jumpt to rx_status_loop again.
But the goto jump resets the rx variable as zero too.
As a result, it causes one possible deadloop. Assume this case,
rx_status_loop only gets the packet count which is less than budget,
and (cpr16(IntrStatus) & cp_rx_intr_mask) condition is always true.
It causes the deadloop happens and system is blocked.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes a common flow for Client instance open during init
and reset path. The Client subtask can handle both the cases instead of
making a separate notify_client_of_open call.
Also it may fix a bug during reset where the service task was leaking
some memory and causing issues.
Change-Id: I7232a32fd52b82e863abb54266fa83122f80a0cd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we keep shadow copies of which interrupt sources are enabled
through the intrl2_*_mask_{set,clear} macros, make sure that the
ordering in which we do these two operations: update the copy, then
unmask the register is correct.
This is not currently a problem because we actually do not use them, but
we will in a subsequent patch optimizing register accesses, so better be
safe here.
Fixes: 80105befdb ("net: systemport: add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT Ethernet MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENOMEM from the dma_map_single error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 032c5e8284 ("Driver for IBM System i/p VNIC protocol")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove an open coded simple_open() function and replace file
operations references to the function with simple_open()
instead.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Hip06 SoC, the RoCE Engine is part of the Hisilicon Network
Subsystem and is dependent upon DSAF module. Therefore, certain
functions like RESET are exposed through the common registers of
HNS DSAF module which are memory-mapped by the HNS driver and
currently can only be accessed through DT/syscon interface.
This patch adds the support of ACPI to the existing RoCE reset
function in the HNS driver(please refer NOTE 2). Hisilicon RoCE
driver (please refer NOTE 1) shall call this reset function during
probe time to reset the RoCE Engine.
The HNS Reset function indirectly ends up in calling the _DSM()
function part of the DSDT ACPI Table. Actual reset functionality
for ACPI is implemented within the ACPI DSDT Table which also has
been enhanced to support this change.
Support of ACPI in the HNS RoCE driver shall be pushed through a
different accompanying below patch:
"IB/hns: Add support of ACPI to the Hisilicon RoCE Driver"
NOTE 1: HNS RoCE driver has already been accepted by its maintainer
Doug Ledford<dledford@redhat.com>. Please refer below link:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-rdma/msg38850.html
NOTE 2: RoCE reset function patch has been accepted and now is
part of the net-next:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg123867.html
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
* net/mlx5: Add sniffer namespaces
* net/mlx5: Introduce sniffer steering hardware capabilities
* net/mlx5: Configure IB devices according to LAG state
* net/mlx5: Vport LAG creation support
* net/mlx5: Add LAG flow steering namespace
* net/mlx5: LAG demux flow table support
* net/mlx5: LAG and SRIOV cannot be used together
* net/mlx5e: Avoid port remapping of mlx5e netdev TISes
* net/mlx5: Get RoCE netdev
* net/mlx5: Implement RoCE LAG feature
* net/mlx5: Add HW interfaces used by LAG
* net/mlx5: Separate query_port_proto_oper for IB and EN
* net/mlx5: Expose mlx5e_link_mode
* net/mlx5: Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
* net/mlx5: Modify RQ bitmask from mlx5 ifc
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+m21
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.9-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma into mlx5-shared
Mellanox ConnectX-4/Connect-IB shared code (SW part)
* net/mlx5: Add sniffer namespaces
* net/mlx5: Introduce sniffer steering hardware capabilities
* net/mlx5: Configure IB devices according to LAG state
* net/mlx5: Vport LAG creation support
* net/mlx5: Add LAG flow steering namespace
* net/mlx5: LAG demux flow table support
* net/mlx5: LAG and SRIOV cannot be used together
* net/mlx5e: Avoid port remapping of mlx5e netdev TISes
* net/mlx5: Get RoCE netdev
* net/mlx5: Implement RoCE LAG feature
* net/mlx5: Add HW interfaces used by LAG
* net/mlx5: Separate query_port_proto_oper for IB and EN
* net/mlx5: Expose mlx5e_link_mode
* net/mlx5: Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
* net/mlx5: Modify RQ bitmask from mlx5 ifc
When ndo_set_rx_mode() is called for bnx2x, as part of process of
configuring the new MAC address filters [both unicast & multicast]
driver begins by flushing the existing configuration and then iterating
over the network device's list of addresses and configures those instead.
This has the side-effect of creating a short gap where traffic wouldn't
be properly classified, as no filters are configured in HW.
While for unicasts this is rather insignificant [as unicast MACs don't
frequently change while interface is actually running],
for multicast traffic it does pose an issue as there are multicast-based
networks where new multicast groups would constantly be removed and
added.
This patch tries to remedy this [at least for the newer adapters] -
Instead of flushing & reconfiguring all existing multicast filters,
the driver would instead create the approximate hash match that would
result from the required filters. It would then compare it against the
currently configured approximate hash match, and only add and remove the
delta between those.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for
router interfaces") we used to assign vFIDs to the created vPorts. Since
these vPorts were used for slow path traffic we had to disable learning
for them, as it doesn't make sense to have it enabled.
This is no longer the case and now vPorts are either used for router
interfaces (for which learning is disabled by the firmware) or bridge
ports (for which learning is explicitly enabled by the driver).
Therefore, we can remove the learning configuration upon vPort creation.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now offload the learning configuration to the device and don't rely
on the driver to decide whether to learn the FDB record, so remove the
check.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we simply stored the learning configuration of a bridge
port in the driver and decided whether to learn a new FDB record based
on this value.
However, this is sub-optimal in cases where learning is disabled on the
bridge port, as the device repeatedly generates learning notifications
for the same record.
Instead, offload the learning configuration to the device, thereby
preventing it from generating notifications when learning is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to prevent the device from generating learning
notifications for a port that was configured with learning disabled.
Since learning configuration is done per {Port, VID} we need to apply
the port's learning configuration for any VID that is added to the
bridge port's VLAN filter list.
When a VID is added to the VLAN filter list of a VLAN-aware bridge port,
configure the {Port, VID} learning status according to the port's
configuration. When the VID is removed, disable learning for the {Port,
VID}.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing VLANs from the VLAN-aware bridge we shouldn't abort on the
first error, as we'll otherwise have resources that will never be freed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05978481e7 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before
registering netdevice") removed __mlxsw_sp_port_vlans_del() from the
init sequence of the driver, which forced it to be non-symmetric with
regards to __mlxsw_sp_port_vlans_add().
Make both functions symmetric as the constraint no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now a learning session ended whenever the number of queried
records was zero. This turned out to be problematic in situations where
a large number of MACs (48K) had to be processed by the switch driver,
as RTNL mutex is held during the learning session.
Instead, limit the number of FDB records that can be processed in a
session to 64. This means that every time the device is queried for
learning notifications (currently, every 100ms), up to 64 records will
be processed by the switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the function mlxsw_router_neigh_construct search the rif according
to the neighbour dev other than the dev that was passed to the ndo, thus
allowing creating neigbhours upon stacked devices.
Fixes: 6cf3c971dc ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add private neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we have a layer 3 interface on top of a bridge (VLAN / FID RIF),
then we should flood the following packet types to the router:
* Broadcast: If DIP is the broadcast address of the interface, then we
need to be able to get it to CPU by trapping it following route lookup.
* Reserved IP multicast (224.0.0.X): Some control packets (e.g. OSPF)
use this range and are trapped in the router block.
Fixes: 99f44bb352 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Enable L3 interfaces on top of bridge devices")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* net/mlx5: Add sniffer namespaces
* net/mlx5: Introduce sniffer steering hardware capabilities
* net/mlx5: Configure IB devices according to LAG state
* net/mlx5: Vport LAG creation support
* net/mlx5: Add LAG flow steering namespace
* net/mlx5: LAG demux flow table support
* net/mlx5: LAG and SRIOV cannot be used together
* net/mlx5e: Avoid port remapping of mlx5e netdev TISes
* net/mlx5: Get RoCE netdev
* net/mlx5: Implement RoCE LAG feature
* net/mlx5: Add HW interfaces used by LAG
* net/mlx5: Separate query_port_proto_oper for IB and EN
* net/mlx5: Expose mlx5e_link_mode
* net/mlx5: Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
* net/mlx5: Modify RQ bitmask from mlx5 ifc
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXu20hAAoJEORje4g2cliniO8P/0nMxLemOxY63u7P6DqT+UZQ
+LN62W+/iLicNayKkt8mtcjnDm768YcF3ADvx73vRvKEeUyyEqT5ChMA59eicf70
rrumfNXB/kfBOaPh5rFWf4Tn8WWpKW+0559drm80NslFZF9jjF9pwv5QGg7xISb7
fYLcDQWn+5fYDuZzYsSu8zZKUEyGN0AugdjfxT5OHfh4rw+6oqGDb2fhH6LdkD8q
j3Qx1cPmdQQnjJ5veXJFJT5qHFDqJlNmy85s4l99ItdWD/bcU29ue3Q3vNf7+lHp
XoJB4ZRWG7sf98yXYXnOUt3iGUMdSJzpLfZqh/Nx9U1LZpdJ8lmBf7pRuR1hpPIN
yDitcz+CMcFVr2WxvwWaUPhRE7SJsZxxr6tQISgRicYcFVyy9e7mLjABMtkh9vEn
CXXqiDGUb/27HqTi9ha5qRiLoeT8yFpOCkINL4omV2FJKoUEbC+Jbq5P0mjnPpS1
ZdzTOzWCtkDQGtLbi+nCIF5SVTv7CCDU+6VpGZPmk6M4/ednwajhxGPsbw6bRpna
ck5SglGO8dFAaUv1UVRq04PIt7Lj2FRakP7sHWx3tc9XEP8syLX0OEiVB+ZN3yRn
y2TlpsREk7AqDdRulwM4qfuNd4AxaDklXyS3C79RiJtenYO4GUGrJ6J6ryesLg8u
tGKVV3fXEr2Hve6cTkpu
=+m21
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.9-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-08-24
This series contains some low level and API updates for mlx5 core
driver interface and mlx5_ifc.h, plus mlx5 LAG core driver support,
to be shared as base code for net-next and rdma mlx5 4.9 submissions.
From Alex and Artemy, Update mlx5_ifc for modify RQ and XRC bits.
From Noa, Expose mlx5 link modes so they can be used in RDMA tree for rdma tools.
From Aviv, LAG support needed for RDMA.
- Add needed hardware structures, layouts and interface
- mlx5 core driver LAG implementation
- Introduce mlx5 core driver LAG API for mlx5_ib
From Maor, add two low level patches for mlx5 hardware sniffer QP
infrastructure bits and capabilities, plus added the namespace for sniffer
steering tables. Needed for RDMA subtree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the return type of ena_set_push_mode() to be void,
as it always returns 0.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add provision for configuring the fastpath queues with Tx (or Rx) only
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently enable interrupts before we enable NAPI. If an RX interrupt
hits before we enabled NAPI then the NAPI callback is never called and
we leave the hardware with RX interrupts disabled, which of course leads
us to never handling received packets. Fix this by moving the interrupt
enable to after we've enable NAPI and the reclaim tasklet.
Fixes: cd5e412347 ("dwc_eth_qos: do phy_start before resetting hardware")
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabinv@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clk_prepare_enable() may fail, so we should better check its return
value and propagate it in the case of failure
While at it, replace __lpc_eth_clock_enable() with a plain
clk_prepare_enable/clk_disable_unprepare() call in order to
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we disable SRIOV, we used to unregister the netdev but wasn't
freed. But next time when the same netdev is registered, since the state
was in 'NETREG_UNREGISTERED', we used to hit BUG_ON in register_netdevice,
where it expects the state to be 'NETREG_UNINITIALIZED'.
Alloc netdev and register them while configuring SRIOV, and free them
when SRIOV is disabled. Also added a new function to setup ethernet
properties instead of using ether_setup. Set carrier off by default,
since we don't have to do any transmit on the interface.
Fixes: 7829451c69 ("cxgb4: Add control net_device for configuring PCIe VF")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
liquidio_set_rxcsum_command is a local function only, no need to expose
it outside of lio_main.c so declare it static and make sparse happy.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current scatter-gather logic in gianfar is flawed, since
it does not consider the eTSEC's RxBD 'Data Length' field is
context depening: for the last fragment it contains the full
frame size, while fragments contain the fragment size, which
equals the value written to register MRBLR.
This causes data corruption as soon as the hardware starts
to fragment receiving frames. As a result, the size of
fragmented frames is increased by
(nr_frags - 1) * MRBLR
We first noticed this issue working with DSA, where an ICMP
request sized 1472 bytes causes the scatter-gather logic to
kick in. The full Ethernet frame (1518) gets increased by
DSA (4), GMAC_FCB_LEN (8), and FSL_GIANFAR_DEV_HAS_TIMER
(priv->padding=8) to a total of 1538 octets, which is
fragmented by the hardware and reconstructed by the driver
to a 3074 octet frame.
This patch fixes the problem by adjusting the size of
the last fragment.
It was tested by setting MRBLR to different multiples of
64, proving correct scatter-gather operation on frames
with up to 9000 octets in size.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The eTSEC register MRBLR defines the maximum space in
the RX buffers and is set to 1536 by gianfar. This
reasonably covers the common use case where the MTU
is kept at default 1500. In that case, the largest
Ethernet frame size of 1518 plus an optional
GMAC_FCB_LEN of 8, and an additional padding of 8
to handle FSL_GIANFAR_DEV_HAS_TIMER totals to 1534
and nicely fit within the chosen MRBLR.
Alas, if the eTSEC is attached to a DSA enabled switch,
the (E)DSA header extension (4 or 8 bytes) causes every
maximum sized frame to be fragmented by the hardware.
This patch increases the maximum RX buffer size by 8
and rounds up to the next multiple of 64, which the
hardware's defines as RX buffer granularity.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* net/mlx5: Introduce alloc_encap and dealloc_encap commands
* net/mlx5: Update mlx5_ifc.h for vxlan encap/decap
* net/mlx5: Enable setting minimum inline header mode for VFs
* net/mlx5: Improve driver log messages
* net/mlx5: Unify and improve command interface
* {net,IB}/mlx5: Modify QP commands via mlx5 ifc
* {net,IB}/mlx5: QP/XRCD commands via mlx5 ifc
* {net,IB}/mlx5: MKey/PSV commands via mlx5 ifc
* {net,IB}/mlx5: CQ commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: EQ commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: Pages management commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: MCG commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: PD and UAR commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: Access register and MAD IFC commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: Init/Teardown hca commands via mlx5 ifc
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=QIAc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.9-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-08-20
This series contains several low level and API updates for mlx5 core
commands interface and mlx5_ifc.h to be shared as base code for net-next and
rdma mlx5 4.9 submissions.
From Saeed, ten patches that refactors old layouts of firmware commands which
were manually generated before we introduced the mlx5_ifc, now all of the firmware
commands inbox/outbox layouts moved to use mlx5_ifc and we remove the old
manually generated structures. Plus to those ten patches, we add two patches
that unifies mlx5 commands execution interface and improve the driver log messages
in that area.
From Hadar and Ilya, added the needed hardware bits and infrastructure for
minimum inline headers setting and encap/decap commands and capabilities,
needed for E-Switch offloads.
This series applies on top latest net-next and rdma/master, and smoothly merges with
the latest "Mellanox 100G mlx5 fixes 2016-08-16" series already applied into net branch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These ops allow to control number of channels driver is allowed to
work with at cpdma level. The maximum number of channels is 8 for
rx and 8 for tx. In dual_emac mode the h/w channels are shared
between two interfaces and changing number on one interface changes
number of channels on another.
How many channels are supported and enabled:
$ ethtool -l ethX
Change number of channels (up to 8)
$ ethtool -L ethX rx 6 tx 6
Per-channel statistic:
$ ethtool -S ethX
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep the driver internals in C file. Currently it's not required for
drivers to know rx or tx a channel is, except create function.
So correct "channel create" function, and use all channel struct
macroses only for internal use.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw h/w supports up to 8 tx and 8 rx channels. This patch adds
multi-queue support to the driver only, shaper configuration will
be added with separate patch series. Default shaper mode, as
before, priority mode, but with corrected priority order, 0 - is
highest priority, 7 - lowest.
The poll function handles all unprocessed channels, till all of
them are free, beginning from hi priority channel.
In dual_emac mode the channels are shared between two network devices,
as it's with single-queue default mode.
The statistic for every channel can be read with:
$ ethtool -S ethX
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupts shouldn't be disabled while receiving skb, but while
ctrl_stop, the channels are stopped and all remaining packets are
handled with netif_receive_skb(), it can cause WARN_ONCE when ctrl
is stopping while not all packets were handled with NAPIs:
lock_irq_save
cpdma_ctlr_stop
cpdma_chan_top
__cpdma_chan_free
cpsw_rx_handler
netif_receive_skb
So, split locking while ctrl stop thus interrupts are still
enabled while skbs handling. It can cause WARN_ONCE in rare
cases when ctrl is stopping while not all packets were handled
with NAPIs.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx channels share same pool of descriptors. Thus one channel can
block another if pool is emptied by one. But, the shaper should
decide which channel is allowed to send packets. To avoid such
impact of one channel on another, let every channel to have its
own piece of pool.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement set_tx_maxrate NDO to perform per queue tx rate limiting.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to bind/unbind specified tx queues to/from scheduling
classes. If a queue is already bound to a scheduling class, it is
unbound first and then bound to a new specified class.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to create tx traffic scheduling classes with specified
scheduling parameters. Return an existing class if a match is found
with same scheduling parameters.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each VF employees a lock that's supposed to serialize its usage of the
HW channel for communication with its PF, but the critical section is
ill-defined:
- VFs currently release the lock whenever the PF response arrives,
prior to actually processing the reply buffer [which was also supposed
to have been protected by same lock].
- The lock would be released on first response, ignoring the possibilty
the sw flow isn't over [as might be the case of the acquisition flow].
As a result, the flow would run unprotected and would cause a double
mutex release [as the additional message completion would release it
while its actually already free].
Change the flow to have a dedicated function to be called at end of each
flow and release the lock.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern VFs can't run on old non-compatible as the fastpath HSI is
slightly changed - but as the HSI is actually very close [basically,
a single bit whose meaning flipped] this can be supported with small
modifications.
The major differences would be in:
- Recognizing that VF is running on top of a legacy PF.
- Returning some slowpath configurations that are no longer needed
on top of modern PFs, but would be required when working over
the legacy ones.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware would silently drop any control frame sent by VF to prevent
a malicious VF from generating pause flood in the network.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 8.10.x FW added support for forward compatability as well as
'future' backward compatibility, but only to those VFs that were
using HSI which was 8.10.x based or newer.
The latest firmware now supports backward compatibility for the
older VFs based on 8.7.x and 8.8.x firmware as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver never bothered marking the VF's vport with the VF's sw_fid.
As a result, FLR flows are not going to clean those vports.
If the vport was active when FLRed, re-activating it would lead
to a FW assertion.
Fixes: dacd88d6f6 ("qed: IOV l2 functionality")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Reuse existing functionality from memdup_user() instead of keeping
duplicate source code.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
* Return directly if this copy operation failed.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the address configured in the device tree is invalid, the
driver will fallback to using a random address from the locally
administered range.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Romell <daro@hms.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the new copper device X557.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This shouldn't matter as nothing should be attached still to be
consisted control MDIO speed for these devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X557 devices use a different interface to the LED for the port.
This patch reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add geneve Rx offload support for x550em_a.
The implementation follows the vxlan code with the lower 16 bits of
the VXLANCTRL register holding the UDP port for VXLAN and the upper
for Geneve.
Disabled NFS filters in the RFCTL register which allows us to simplify
the check for VXLAN and Geneve packets in ixgbe_rx_checksum().
Removed vxlan from the name of the callback functions and replaced it
with udp_tunnel which is more in line with the new API.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver was only receiving the first 4 bytes of the MAC due
to an incorrect size parameter for ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
in ixgbevf_set_rar_vf().
Correct the size by calculating it on a fly for all instances where
we call ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ethtool reports backplane type interfaces as 1000/10000baseT link modes.
This has been corrected to report the media as KR, KX or KX4 based on the backplane interface present.
Signed-off-by: Veola Nazareth <veola.nazareth@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RAR entry for the SAN MAC address was being cleared when we were
clearing the VMDq pool bits. In order to prevent this we need to add
an extra check to protect the SAN MAC from being cleared.
Fixes: 6e982aeae ("ixgbe: Clear stale pool mappings")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA client is closed during the PF reset and needs to be opened again.
Setting the flag so that RDMA client is opened in watchdog() function.
Change-ID: I507b1e4cbd05528cdff68fd360ef3dcac8901263
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several defines and code comments were indented with spaces instead
of tabs, correct the issue to make indentation consistent.
Change-ID: I0dc6bbb990ec4a9e856acc9ec526d876181f092c
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Correcting the mutex usage, in client_subtask(), mutex_unlock has
to be called just before client_del_instance() since this function opens
and later closes the same mutex again.
Similarly in client_is_registered removing the mutex since it closes
the mutex twice.
This is a patch suggested by RDMA team.
Change-ID: Icce519c266e4221b8a2a72a15ba5bf01750e5852
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use __stringify instead.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_client_release has a print statement that uses an
adapter pointer which is not initialized if a previous if statement
is not true. Hence, intialize it in the right place.
Change-ID: I1afdaa2c46771ac42be56edcc41bb56b455b06c8
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were having a race between the completion of the client open and
calls to the client ops so don't call a client op unless we are sure the
client is open.
Testing Hints: Load IWARP driver and make sure it works as expected.
Change-Id: I741f4f2aa4fcbfdad3e40dabbbb1b005856c396b
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i is defined as int but output as %u several times.
Adjust the format identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for HMC resource and profile cmds for X722
firmware.
Change-ID: Icc332101f38ab15d1bfa167823100eb4f6822f7e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes byte ordering problems found when enabling this feature
support. Without this patch, the feature will not work correctly. This
patch fixes the definitions to have the correct byte order.
Change-ID: Ic7489fbcbe2195df7be62ff5e359201b827cefe6
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver tells us the link speed, so do something with that
information. Add link speed to log messages, and report speed through
ethtool.
Change-Id: I279dc9540cc5203376406050a3e8d67e128d5882
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace calls to create_singlethread_workqueue instead with alloc_workqueue
as is style with other Intel drivers. This provides more control over
workqueue creation, and allows explicit setting of the desired mode of
operation. It also makes it more obvious that driver name constant is
passed to a format "%s".
Change-ID: I6192b44caf5140336cd54c5b350d51c73b541fdb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous refactor added support to store user configuration for VSIs,
so that extra VSIs such as for VMDq can use this information when
configuring. Unfortunately the i40e_vsi_config_rss function was missed
in this refactor, and the values were being ignored. Fix this by
checking for the fields and using those instead of always using the
default values.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move this function below the two functions related to configuring RSS
via the admin queue. This helps co-locate the two functions, and made it
easier to spot a bug in the first i40e_config_rss_aq function as
compared to the i40e_get_rss_aq function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pool index has to be converted by get_pool helper to work correctly for
egress pool. In mlxsw the egress pool index starts from 0.
Fixes: 0f433fa0ec ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Implement shared buffer configuration")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new firmware for the qed* adpaters fixes several issues:
- Better blocking of malicious VFs.
- After FLR, Tx-switching [internal routing] of packets might
be incorrect.
- Deletion of unicast MAC filters would sometime have side-effect
of corrupting the MAC filters configred for a device.
It also contains fixes for future qed* drivers that *hopefully* would be
sent for review in the near future.
In addition, it would allow driver some new functionality, including:
- Allowing PF/VF driver compaitibility with old drivers [running
pre-8.10.5.0 firmware].
- Better debug facilities.
This would also bump the qed* driver versions to 8.10.9.20.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-18
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil cleans up confusing amongst the users by making an error message
into a debug message, since the TXDCTL.ENABLE (and comparable
VFTXDCTL.ENABLE for ixgbevf) bit is set only when the
transmit queue is actually enabled, which may not happen during the
configure phase eve if we waited for it. Converts to using netdev_dbg()
macro instead of our home brewed macro for ixgbevf. Converted the
service task to use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking
reset requests to reduce the possibility of race conditions.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An upcoming feature of IBM VNIC protocol is the ability to configure
redundant backing devices for a VNIC client. In case of a failure
on the current backing device, the driver will receive a signal
from the hypervisor indicating that a failover will occur. The driver
will then wait for a message from the backing device before
establishing a new connection.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It added reset function for RoCE driver. RoCE is a feature of hns.
In hip06 SoC, in RoCE reset process, it's needed to configure dsaf
channel reset, port and sl map info. Reset function of RoCE is
located in dsaf module, we only call it in RoCE driver when needed.
This patch is used to fix the conflict, please refer to this link:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-rdma/msg39114.html
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Nenglong Zhao <zhaonenglong@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Sheng Li <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we are in the switchdev/offloads mode, HW matching is done as
dictated by the offloaded rules and hence we don't need to enable
the ACLs mechanism used by the legacy mode.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding actual offloading support to the new switchdev mode, we didn't
change the setup of the send-to-vport rules to put them in the slow path
table, fix that.
Fixes: 1033665e63 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use two priorities for SRIOV offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mlx5 has also the NONE e-switch mode, we must translate from mlx5
mode to devlink mode on the devlink eswitch mode get call, do that.
While here, remove the mlx5_ prefix from the static function helpers
that deal with the mode to comply with the rest of the code.
Fixes: c930a3ad74 ('net/mlx5e: Add devlink based SRIOV mode change')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid firmware command execution each time the switchdev HW ID attr get
call is made. We do that by reading the ID (PF NIC MAC) only once at
load time and store it on the representor structure.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The wrong key is used when extracting the address type field set by
the flower offload code. We have to use the control key and not the
basic key, fix that.
Fixes: e3a2b7ed01 ('net/mlx5e: Support offload cls_flower with drop action')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set lastuse statistic, when number of packets is changed compared to
last query. This was wrongly dropped when bulk counter reading was added.
Fixes: a351a1b03b ('net/mlx5: Introduce bulk reading of flow counters')
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set and verify signature calculates the signature for each of the
mailbox nodes, even for those that are unused (from cache). Added
a missing length check to set and verify only those which are used.
While here, also moved the setting of msg's nodes token to where we
already go over them. This saves a pass because checksum is disabled,
and the only useful thing remaining that set signature does is setting
the token.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB
adapters')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When PCI error is detected we should save the state of the pci prior to
disabling it.
Also when receiving pci slot reset call we need to verify that the
device is responsive.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core
driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid unnecessary interface down/up operations upon an MTU change
when it does not affect the rings configuration.
Fixes: 461017cb00 ("net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE (Striding RQ)")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port mtu shouldn't be written to hardware on every single interface
open.
Here we set it only when needed, on change_mtu and netdevice creation.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new commmon infrastructure to allocate reosurces dynamically to
Upper layer driver's(ULD) when they register with cxgb4 driver and free
them during unregistering. All the queues and the interrupts for
them will be allocated during ULD probe only and freed during remove.
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It doesn't really change anything as BGMAC_CHIPCTL_1_IF_TYPE_RMII is
equal to 0. It make code a bit clener, so far when reading it one could
think we forgot to set a proper mode. It also keeps this mode code in
sync with other ones.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM53573 is a new series of Broadcom's SoCs. It's based on ARM and can
be found in two packages (versions): BCM53573 and BCM47189. It shares
some code with the Northstar family, but also requires some new quirks.
First of all there can be up to 2 Ethernet cores on this SoC. If that is
the case, they are connected to two different switch ports allowing some
more complex/optimized setups. It seems the second unit doesn't come
fully configured and requires some IRQ quirk.
Other than that only the first core is connected to the PHY. For the
second one we have to register fixed PHY (similarly to the Northstar),
otherwise generic PHY driver would get some invalid info.
This has been successfully tested on Tenda AC9 (BCM47189B0).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The division is already being done properly in efx_ef10_get_timer_config
which returns zero-on-success, unlike the old efx_ef10_get_sysclk_freq.
Fixes: d95e329a55 ("sfc: get timer configuration from adapter")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was failing on successful registration returning meaningless errors.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes: 55954f3bfd ("net: ethernet: bgmac: move BCMA MDIO Phy code into a separate file")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At present the code to check in kdump kernel was not disabling
allocation of resources when CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4_DCB is defined, move the
code outside #defines so that it gets disabled irrespective of #define,
when in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While '0xdead' and '0xbeef' are "great" values, we should
use the correct SPEED_* values instead.
Fixes: 054c67d1c8 ("qed*: Add support for ethtool link_ksettings callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When moving into using ethtool's link_ksetting, qed started
supplying its own bitmask of speed/capabilities, but qede
is still checking for the SUPPORTED value to determine whether
it supports pause.
Fixes: 054c67d1c8 ("qed*: Add support for ethtool link_ksettings callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking reset
requests. This should help with possible races in the service task.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the VFTXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of the home brewed macro make use of netdev_dbg same as
the ixgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the TXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use error "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Operation not supported" is
more meaningful than "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Unknown error 524"
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove ethertype filter by ethtool
Example:
Add an ethertype filter:
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether proto 0x88F8 action 2
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 15
Flow Type: Raw Ethernet
Src MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Dest MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Ethertype: 0x88F8 mask: 0x0
Action: Direct to queue 2
Delete the filter by location:
$ ethtool -N delete 15
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove Rx filter by ethtool. Ethtool interface has it's own rules
manager
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 2 rules
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool_ops .get_regs function attempts to read the nonexistent
register NIC_QSET_SQ_0_7_CNM_CHG, which produces a "bus error" type
OOPs.
Fix by not attempting to read, and removing the definition of,
NIC_QSET_SQ_0_7_CNM_CHG. A zero is written into the register dump to
keep the layout unchanged.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.4.x-
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses netif_tx_queue_stopped() to make sure the xmit_more
indication will be honored, but that only checks for DRV_XOFF.
At the same time, it's possible that during transmission the DQL will
close the transmission queue with STACK_XOFF indication.
In re-configuration flows, when the threshold is relatively low, it's
possible that the device has no pending tranmissions, and during
tranmission the driver would miss doorbelling the HW.
Since there are no pending transmission, there will never be a Tx
completion [and thus the DQL would not remove the STACK_XOFF indication],
eventually causing the Tx queue to timeout.
While we're at it - also doorbell in case driver has to close the
transmission queue on its own [although this one is less important -
if the ring is full, we're bound to receive completion eventually,
which means the doorbell would only be postponed and not indefinetly
blocked].
Fixes: 312e06761c ("qede: Utilize xmit_more")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for sending the NCSI statistics to the
MFW. This is an asynchronous request from MFW. Upon receiving this, driver
populates the required data and send it to MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for capturing stats ttl0_discard and
packet_too_big_discard in "ethtool -S" display.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the platforms like zynqmp ultrascale+ has a
separate clock gate for the rx clock. Add an optional
rx_clk so that the clock can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Shubhrajyoti Datta <shubhrajyoti.datta@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables
ip -d l
to indicate if trust is on or off for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shifted the locking around a bit but forgot to delete this unlock so
now it can unlock twice.
Fixes: cd3be169a5 ('i40e: Move the mutex lock in i40e_client_unregister')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements a feature change which allows using ethtool to set
RSS hash opts using less than four parameters if desired.
Change-ID: I0fbb91255d81e997c456697c21ac39cc9754821b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we allocate memory, we must free it. It's simple courtesy.
Change-ID: Id007294096fb53344f1a8b9a0f78eddf9853c5d6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the bug which causes RSS to continue to work
after being disabled. After disabling RSS, traffic would continue
to be assigned to different queues instead of falling back to a
single queue. Without this patch, attempting to disable RSS would
not work as expected. This patch fixes the bug by clearing the
lookup table used by RSS such that all traffic is assigned to a
single queue. This patch also addresses the issue of reinstating
the lookup table should RSS then be re-enabled.
Change-ID: Ib20c7c6a7e9f1f772bb787370f8a8c664796b141
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF goes through reset path during VF creation which happens to also
have notification of VF reset to client. Adding conditional check to
avoid wrongly notifying VF reset during VF creation.
Also changing the call order of VF enable, calling it after VF creation
rather than before.
Change-ID: I96eabd99deae746a2f0fc465194c886f196178ce
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a fix for the bug i.e. unable to create iwarp device
in VF. This is a sync issue and the iwarp device open is called even
before the PCI register writes are done.
Forcing the PCI register writes to happen just before it exits the
function.
Change-ID: I60c6a2c709da89e845f2764cc50ce8b7373c8c44
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a driver is unable to maintain all current user supplied settings
from ethtool (or other sources), it is not ok for a user request to
succeed and silently trample over previous configuration.
To that end, if you change the number of channels, it must not be
allowed to reduce the number of channels (queues) below the current
flow director filter rules targets. In this case, return -EINVAL when
a request to reduce the number of channels would do so. In addition
log a warning to the kernel buffer explaining why we failed, and report
the rules which prevent us from lowering the number of channels.
Change-ID: If41464d63d7aab11cedf09e4f3aa1a69e21ffd88
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where a static analysis tool generates
a warning for "INVARIANT_CONDITION: Expression 'enabled_tc' used
in the condition always yields the same result."
Without this patch, the driver will not pass the static analysis
tool checks without generating warnings.
This patch fixes the problem by eliminating the irrelevant check
and redundant assignment for the value of enabled_tc.
Change-ID: Ia7d44cb050f507df7de333e96369d322e08bf408
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function calls netif_set_real_num_(tx|rx)_queues, both of which
should be done only under rntl lock. Unfortunately the
i40evf_init_task did not hold the rtnl_lock as necessary. This patch
adds the locking needed.
Change-ID: Ib72a21c3ce22b71a226b16f9bbe0f5f8cc3e849b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are resetting the pf stats we should also reset the RX csum
error stat.
Change-ID: I7af5ee0ec81a10f6deee1a7b8c2082ea068ef620
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we do a reset, all the VLAN filters get added again. Therefore we also
want to reset the VLAN count to 0 or we quickly run out of filters.
Change-ID: I459f26851e22204dc8b8999928ad87cde8170119
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client->open call in this path was not protected with the
client instance mutex, and hence the client->close can get initiated
before the open completes.
Change-Id: I0ed60c38868dd3f44966b6ed49a063d0e5b7edf5
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add sniffer TX and RX namespaces to receive ingoing and outgoing
traffic.
Each outgoing/incoming packet is duplicated and steered to the sniffer
TX/RX namespace in addition to the regular flow.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
When mlx5_ib is loaded, we would like each card's IB devices
to be added according to its LAG state (one IB device, instead of
two, is to be added if LAG is active).
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Add interfaces for issuing CREATE_VPORT_LAG and
DESTROY_VPORT_LAG commands.
Used for receiving PF1's eth traffic on PF0's
root ft.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
This namespace is used for LAG demux flowtable.
The idea is to position the LAG demux ft between
bypass and kernel flowtables, allowing raw-eth
traffic from both ports to be received by the PF0
IB device.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Add interfaces to allow the creation and destruction of a
LAG demux flow table.
It is a special flow table used during LAG for redirecting
non user-mode packets from PF0 to PF1 root ft, if a packet was
received on phys port two.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Until support will be added for RoCE LAG SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
TISes belonging to the mlx5e NIC should not be
subject to port remap.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Used by IB driver for determining the IB bond
device's netdev, when LAG is active.
Returns PF0's netdev if mode is not active-backup,
or the PF netdev of the active slave when mode is
active-backup.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Available on dual port cards only, this feature keeps
track, using netdev LAG events, of the bonding
and link status of each port's PF netdev.
When both of the card's PF netdevs are enslaved to the
same bond/team master, and only them, LAG state
is active.
During LAG, only one IB device is present for both ports.
In addition to the above, this commit includes FW commands
used for managing the LAG, new facilities for adding and removing
a single device by interface, and port remap functionality according to
bond events.
Please note that this feature is currently used only for mimicking
Ethernet bonding for RoCE - netdevs functionality is not altered,
and their bonding continues to be managed solely by bond/team driver.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Exposed LAG commands enum and layouts:
- CREATE_LAG
HW enters LAG mode:
RoCE traffic from port two is received on PF0 core dev.
Allows to set tx_affinity (tx port) for QPs and TISes.
Allows to port remap QPs and TISes, overriding their
tx_affinity behavior.
- MODIFY_LAG
Remap QPs and TISes to another port.
- QUERY_LAG
Query whether LAG mode is active.
- DESTROY_LAG
HW exits LAG mode, returning to non-LAG behavior.
- CREATE_VPORT_LAG
Merge Ethernet flow steering, such that traffic received on port
two jumps to PF0 root flow table.
Available only in LAG mode.
- DESTROY_VPORT_LAG
Ethernet flow steering returns to non-LAG behavior.
Caps added:
- lag_master
Driver is in charge of managing the LAG.
This is currently the only option.
- num_lag_ports
LAG is supported only if this field's value is 2.
Other fields:
- QP/TIS tx port affinity
During LAG, this field controls on which port a QP or TIS resides.
- TIS strict tx affinity
When this field is set, the TIS will not be subject to port remap by
CREATE_LAG/MODIFY_LAG.
- LAG demux flow table
Flow table used for redirecting non user-space traffic back to
PF1 root flow table, if the packet was received on port two.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Replaced mlx5_query_port_proto_oper with separate functions per link
type. The functions should take different arguments so no point in
trying to unite them.
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
The mlx5e_link_mode enumeration will also be used in mlx5_ib for RoCE.
This patch moves the enumeration to the mlx5 driver port header file.
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Use mlx5 ifc MODIFY_BITMASK_VSD in mlx5e_modify_rq_vsd and expose counter
set capability bit in hca caps structure.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Buffers powersave frame test is reversed in cfg80211, fix from Felix
Fietkau.
2) Remove bogus WARN_ON in openvswitch, from Jarno Rajahalme.
3) Fix some tg3 ethtool logic bugs, and one that would cause no
interrupts to be generated when rx-coalescing is set to 0. From
Satish Baddipadige and Siva Reddy Kallam.
4) QLCNIC mailbox corruption and napi budget handling fix from Manish
Chopra.
5) Fix fib_trie logic when walking the trie during /proc/net/route
output than can access a stale node pointer. From David Forster.
6) Several sctp_diag fixes from Phil Sutter.
7) PAUSE frame handling fixes in mlxsw driver from Ido Schimmel.
8) Checksum fixup fixes in bpf from Daniel Borkmann.
9) Memork leaks in nfnetlink, from Liping Zhang.
10) Use after free in rxrpc, from David Howells.
11) Use after free in new skb_array code of macvtap driver, from Jason
Wang.
12) Calipso resource leak, from Colin Ian King.
13) mediatek bug fixes (missing stats sync init, etc.) from Sean Wang.
14) Fix bpf non-linear packet write helpers, from Daniel Borkmann.
15) Fix lockdep splats in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
16) hv_netvsc bug fixes from Vitaly Kuznetsov, mostly to do with VF
handling.
17) Various tc-action bug fixes, from CONG Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
net_sched: allow flushing tc police actions
net_sched: unify the init logic for act_police
net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array
net_sched: move tc offload macros to pkt_cls.h
net_sched: fix a typo in tc_for_each_action()
net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()
net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()
mlxsw: spectrum: Allow packets to be trapped from any PG
mlxsw: spectrum: Unmap 802.1Q FID before destroying it
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing rollbacks in error path
mlxsw: reg: Fix missing op field fill-up
mlxsw: spectrum: Trap loop-backed packets
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing packet traps
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark port as active before registering it
mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before registering netdevice
mlxsw: spectrum: Remove redundant errors from the code
mlxsw: spectrum: Don't return upon error in removal path
i40e: check for and deal with non-contiguous TCs
ixgbe: Re-enable ability to toggle VLAN filtering
ixgbe: Force VLNCTRL.VFE to be set in all VMDq paths
...
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-16
This series contains fixes to e1000e, igb, ixgbe and i40e.
Kshitiz Gupta provides a fix for igb to resolve the PHY delay compensation
math in several functions.
Jarod Wilson provides a fix for e1000e which had to broken up into 2
patches, first is prepares the driver for expanding the list of NICs
that have occasional ~10 hour clock jumps when being used for PTP.
Second patch actually fixes i218 silicon which has been experiencing
the clock jumps while using PTP.
Alex provides 2 patches for ixgbe now that he is back at Intel. First
fixes setting VLNCTRL.VFE bit, which was left unchanged in earlier patches
which resulted in disabling VLAN filtering for all the VFs. Second
corrects the support for disabling the VLAN tag filtering via the
feature bit.
Lastly, David fixes i40e which was causing a kernel panic when
non-contiguous traffic classes or traffic classes not starting with TC0,
were configured on a link partner switch. To fix this, changed the
logic when determining the total number of TCs enabled.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packets enter the device they are classified to a priority group
(PG) buffer based on their PCP value. After their egress port and
traffic class are determined they are moved to the switch's shared
buffer and await transmission, if:
(Ingress{Port}.Usage < Thres && Ingress{Port,PG}.Usage < Thres &&
Egress{Port}.Usage < Thres && Egress{Port,TC}.Usage < Thres)
||
(Ingress{Port}.Usage < Min || Ingress{Port,PG} < Min ||
Egress{Port}.Usage < Min || Egress{Port,TC}.Usage < Min)
Packets scheduled to transmission through CPU port (trapped to CPU) use
traffic class 7, which has a zero maximum and minimum quotas. However,
when such packets arrive from PG 0 they are admitted to the shared
buffer as PG 0 has a non-zero minimum quota.
Allow all packets to be trapped to the CPU - regardless of the PG they
were classified to - by assigning a 10KB minimum quota for CPU port and
TC7.
Fixes: 8e8dfe9fdf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS support")
Reported-by: Tamir Winetroub <tamirw@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Tamir Winetroub <tamirw@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before destroying the 802.1Q FID we should first remove the VID-to-FID
mapping. This makes mlxsw_sp_fid_destroy() symmetric with regards to
mlxsw_sp_fid_create().
Fixes: 14d39461b3 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Use per-FID struct for the VLAN-aware bridge")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While going over the code I noticed we are missing two rollbacks in the
port's creation error path. Add them and adjust the place of one of them
in the port's removal sequence so that both are symmetric.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ralue pack function needs to set op, otherwise it is 0 for add always.
Fixes: d5a1c749d2 ("mlxsw: reg: Add Router Algorithmic LPM Unicast Entry Register definition")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the conditions to generate an ICMP Redirect Message is that "the
packet is being forwarded out the same physical interface that it was
received from" (RFC 1812).
Therefore, we need to be able to trap such packets and let the kernel
decide what to do with them.
For each RIF, enable the loop-back filter, which will raise the LBERROR
trap whenever the ingress RIF equals the egress RIF.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Reported-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following traps:
1) MTU Error: Trap packets whose size is bigger than the egress RIF's
MTU. If DF bit isn't set, traffic will continue to be routed in slow
path.
2) TTL Error: Trap packets whose TTL expired. This allows traceroute to
work properly.
3) OSPF packets.
Fixes: 7b27ce7bb9 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add traps needed for router implementation")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bbf2a4757b ("mlxsw: spectrum: Initialize ports at the end of
init sequence") moved ports initialization to the end of the init
sequence, which means ports are the first to be removed during fini.
Since the FDB delayed work is still active when ports are removed it's
possible for it to process FDB notifications of inactive ports,
resulting in a warning message.
Fix that by marking ports as inactive only after unregistering them. The
NETDEV_UNREGISTER event will invoke bridge's driver port removal
sequence that will cause the FDB (and FDB notifications) to be flushed.
Fixes: bbf2a4757b ("mlxsw: spectrum: Initialize ports at the end of init sequence")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After registering a netdevice it's possible for user space applications
to configure an IP address on it. From the driver's perspective, this
means a router interface (RIF) should be created for the PVID vPort.
Therefore, we must create the PVID vPort before registering the
netdevice.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when device configuration fails we emit errors to the kernel
log despite the fact we already get these from the EMAD transaction
layer, so remove them.
In addition to being unnecessary, removing these error messages will
allow us to reuse mlxsw_sp_port_add_vid() to create the PVID vPort
before registering the netdevice.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing a VLAN filter from the device we shouldn't return upon the
first error we encounter, as otherwise we'll have resources that will
never be freed nor used.
Instead, we should keep trying to free as much resources as possible in
a best effort mode.
Remove the error message as well, since we already get these from the
EMAD transaction code.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement low-level commands to support vxlan encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Implement the low-level part of the PF side in setting minimum
inline header mode for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove duplicate pci dev name printing in mlx5_core_err.
Use mlx5_core_{warn,info,err} where possible to have the pci info in the
driver log messages.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <parvik@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Now as all commands use mlx5 ifc interface, instead of doing two calls
for executing a command we embed command status checking into
mlx5_cmd_exec to simplify the interface.
Also we do here some cleanup for redundant software structures
(inbox/outbox) and functions and improved command failure output.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Prior to this patch we assumed that modify QP commands have the
same layout.
In ConnectX-4 for each QP transition there is a specific command
and their layout can vary.
e.g: 2err/2rst commands don't have QP context in their layout and before
this patch we posted the QP context in those commands.
Fortunately the FW only checks the suffix of the commands and executes
them, while ignoring all invalid data sent after the valid command
layout.
This patch removes mlx5_modify_qp_mbox_in and changes
mlx5_core_qp_modify to receive the required transition and QP context
with opt_param_mask if needed. This way the caller is not required to
provide the command inbox layout and it will be generated automatically.
mlx5_core_qp_modify will generate the command inbox/outbox layouts
according to the requested transition and will fill the requested
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created QP/XRCD commands layout
amd use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
The i40e driver was causing a kernel panic when
non-contiguous Traffic Classes, or Traffic Classes not
starting with TC0, were configured on a link partner switch.
i40e does not support non-contiguous TCs.
To fix this, the patch changes the logic when determining
the total number of TCs enabled. Before, this would use the
highest TC number enabled and assume that all TCs below it were
also enabled. Now, we create a bitmask of enabled TCs and scan
it to determine not only the number of TCs, but also if the set
of enabled TCs starts at zero and is contiguous. If not, then
DCB is disabled by only returning one TC.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Back when I submitted the GSO code I messed up and dropped the support for
disabling the VLAN tag filtering via the feature bit. This patch
re-enables the use of the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER to enable/disable the
VLAN filtering independent of toggling promiscuous mode.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When I was adding the code for enabling VLAN promiscuous mode with SR-IOV
enabled I had inadvertently left the VLNCTRL.VFE bit unchanged as I has
assumed there was code in another path that was setting it when we enabled
SR-IOV. This wasn't the case and as a result we were just disabling VLAN
filtering for all the VFs apparently.
Also the previous patches were always clearing CFIEN which was always set
to 0 by the hardware anyway so I am dropping the redundant bit clearing.
Fixes: 1636956491 ("ixgbe: Add support for VLAN promiscuous with SR-IOV")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is prepatory work for an expanding list of adapter families that have
occasional ~10 hour clock jumps when being used for PTP. Factor out the
sanitization function and convert to using a feature (bug) flag, per
suggestion from Jesse Brandeburg.
Littering functional code with device-specific checks is much messier than
simply checking a flag, and having device-specific init set flags as needed.
There are probably a number of other cases in the e1000e code that
could/should be converted similarly.
Suggested-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix PHY delay compensation math in igb_ptp_tx_hwtstamp() and
igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp. Add PHY delay compensation in
igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
In the IGB driver, there are two functions that retrieve timestamps
received by the PHY - igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp() and igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
The previous commit only changed igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp(), and the change
was incorrect.
There are two instances in which PHY delay compensations should be
made:
- Before the packet transmission over the PHY, the latency between
when the packet is timestamped and transmission of the packets,
should be an add operation, but it is currently a subtract.
- After the packets are received from the PHY, the latency between
the receiving and timestamping of the packets should be a subtract
operation, but it is currently an add.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Gupta <kshitiz.gupta@ni.com>
Fixes: 3f544d2 (igb: adjust ptp timestamps for tx/rx latency)
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Runtime warning occurs if DMA-API debug feature is enabled that would be
raised by pointers passed to DMA API as arguments to inconsistent struct
device objects, so that the patch makes them usage aligned between DMA
operations such as dma_map_*() and dma_unmap_*() to eliminate the warning.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 08ef55c6f2
("net-next: mediatek: fix gigabit and flow control advertisement")
had supported proper flow control settings for GMAC1. But for GMAC0,
1.GMAC0 shares the common logic with GMAC1 inside mtk_phy_link_adjust()
to adapt various settings for the target phy.
2.GMAC0 uses fixed-phy to connect to a builtin gigabit switch with
fixed link speed as commit 0c72c50f6f
("net-next: mediatek: add fixed-phy support") describes.
3.However, fixed-phy doesn't enable SUPPORTED_Pause & SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause
supported flag on default that would cause mtk_phy_link_adjust() not to
enable flow control setting on GMAC0 properly and cause packet dropped
when high traffic.
Due to these reasons, the patch adds SUPPORTED_Pause & SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause
supported flags on fixed-phy used by the driver to have proper handling on
the both GMAC with the shared common logic.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch fixes up the incorrect setup of reduced MII (RMII) on GMAC
and adds the supplement for the setup of reverse MII (REVMII) on GMAC
, and rearranges the error handling for invalid PHY argument.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the invalid dma width
error handling case instead of 0.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The null check on mdio->irq is redundant since mdio->irq is an array
of PHY_MAX_ADDR ints and hence can never be null. Remove the redundant
check.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch touches various prints in the driver - it reduces the
verbosity of some prints [which were previously logged by default]
while adding several new debug prints and modifying others.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change qed* code in trivial manner; This isn't necessarily
semantic-only, but the end result is the same, i.e., no change
should occur from user perspective. Changes include:
- Using temporary variables to better fit 80-character restrictions.
- Removal of unused variables & code with no effect.
[plus some additional minor modifications].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make semantic-only adjustments to qed* drivers, such as:
- Changes in code indentation.
- Usage of BIT() macro.
- re-naming of variables.
- Re-ordering of variable declerations.
- Removal of (== 0) and (!= 0) in conditions.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlxsw_sp_router_fib4_add_info_destroy(), the fib_entry pointer is used
after it has been freed by mlxsw_sp_fib_entry_destroy(). Use a temporary
variable to fix this.
Fixes: 61c503f976 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement fib4 add/del switchdev obj ops")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@laposte.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing free_netdev() before return from function macb_probe()
in the platform_get_irq() error handling case.
Fixes: c69618b3e4 ("net/macb: fix probe sequence to setup clocks earlier")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'dcbx_info is malloced in qed_dcbnl_get_ieee_pfc() and should be freed
before leaving from the error handling cases, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.
Fixes: a1d8d8a51e ("qed: Add dcbnl support.")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_set_vf_mac support which allows to set the MAC address
for cxgb4vf interfaces from the host
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue:
For instance, the current APIs assume a 1-to-1 mapping of Network Ports,
Physical Functions and the SR-IOV Virtual Functions of those Physical
Functions. This is not the case with our cards where any Virtual
Function can be hooked up to any Port -- or any number of Ports the
current Linux APIs also assume only 1 Network Interface/Port can be
accessed per Virtual Function.
Another issue is that these APIs assume that the Administrative Driver
is attached to the Physical Function Associated with a Virtual Function.
This is not the case with our card where all administration is performed
by a Driver which is not attached to any of the Physical Functions which
have SR-IOV PCI Capabilities.
Another consequence of these assumptions is the inability to utilize all
of the cards SR-IOV resources. For instance, our cards have SR-IOV
Capabilities on Physical Functions 0..3 and the administrative Driver
attaches to Physical Function 4. Each of the Physical Functions 0..3 can
support up to 16 Virtual Functions. With the current Linux APIs, a
2-Port card would only be able to use the Virtual Functions on Physical
Function 0..1 and not allow the Virtual Functions on Physical Functions
2..3 to be used since there are no Ports 2..3 on a 2-Port card.
Fix:
Since the control node is always the netdevice for all VF ACL commands.
Created a dummy netdevice for each Physical Function from 0 to 3 through
which one could control their VFs. The device won't be associated with
any port, since it doesn't need to transmit/receive. Its purely used
for VF management purpose only. The device will be registered only when
VF for a particular PF is configured using PCI sysfs interface and
unregistered while pci_disable_sriov() for the PF is called.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove old representation of manually created MKey/PSV commands layout,
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created CQ commands layout,
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created EQ commands layout,
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created Pages management
commands layout, and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created MCG commands layout
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created PD/UAR commands layouts
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created ACCESS_REG/MAD_IFC
commands layout and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created Init/Teardown hca
commands layout and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
This patch respell some word badly spelled.
- Invidate instead of Invalidate
- proble instead of probe
Signed-off-by: LABBE Corentin <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing of_node_put() after finishing the usage
of of_parse_phandle() or of_node_get() used by fixed_phy.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fix runtime warning with lockdep is enabled due that u64_stats_sync
is not initialized well, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a couple of leftover symbol conflicts caused by hashtable.h
being included by netdevice.h; those were not caught as build failure
(they're "only" a warning, but in fact real bugs). Fix those up.
Fixes: e87a8f24c ("net: resolve symbol conflicts with generic hashtable.h")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting BGXX_SPUX_MISC_CONTROL::RX_PACKET_DIS is not needed as
packet reception is anyway disabled by BGXX_CMRX_CONFIG::DATA_PKT_RX_EN.
Also setting RX_PACKET_DIS causes a bogus remote fault condition
which delays link detection.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard API to generate a random RSS hash key
on every boot.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables parsing of inner layers for tunnelled packets.
Signed-off-by: Zyta Szpak <zr@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables bulk freeing on the Tx side.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set MAC addresses only for primary VF's and don't for
secondary VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SQ/TXQ is reclaimed i.e reset it's stats also automatically reset
by HW. This is not the case with RQ. Also VF doesn't have write access
to statistics counter registers. Hence a new Mbox msg is introduced which
supports resetting RQ, SQ and full Qset stats. Currently only RQ stats
are being reset using this mbox message.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerin.jacob@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding debug messages in case of NACK for a mailbox message, also
did small cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Radoslaw Biernacki <rad@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of a round about way of converting buffers to SKBs and
combining them into a frag list, use standard skb_add_rx_frag()
API to merge page fragments. This code is useful when incoming
packets are of size more than RCV_FRAG_LEN which is currently
set to 2048bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the way VF's irqs are visible in /proc/interrupts.
Instead of VF id, logical interface's netdev name is used for IRQ
naming and also all secondary VF's interrupts in multiqset config
use primary VF's netdev name.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
83xx has 4 BGX blocks and are enabled mixed QLM/DLM
configs. BGX0/BGX1 are from QLM2/QLM3, BGX3 is DLM4
and BGX2 is split across DLM5 & DLM6.
This patch adds support for BGX2's split config and also
enables all 4 BGXs to be used.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
83xx will have 4 BGX blocks i.e 16 LMACs, to avoid changing
the same with every platform, nicpf struct elements which
track LMAC related info are now allocated runtime based
on platform's max possible BGX count.
Also fixed configuring min packet size for all LMAC's
supported on a platform.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds RGX/RGMII interface type support to BGX
driver. This type of interface is supported by 81xx SOC.
CN81XX VNIC has 8 VFs and max possible LMAC interfaces are 9,
hence RGMII interface will not work if all DLMs are in BGX mode
and all 8 LMACs are enabled
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for QSGMII interface type to
the BGX driver. This type of interface is supported by
81xx SOC.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for BGX module on 81xx where a BGX
can be split and have different LMACs configured in
different modes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 88xx all LMACs in a BGX will be in same mode but on 81xx
BGX can be split as two and there can be LMACs configured in
different modes.
These changes move lmac_type, lane2serdes fields into per lmac
struct from BGX struct. Got rid of qlm_mode field which has become
redundant with these changes. And now no of valid LMACs is read
from CSRs configured by low level firmware and figuring out the
same based on QLM mode is discarded
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
88xx has 128 VFs, 81xx has 8 VFs and 83xx will have 32VFs.
Made changes to PF driver such that mailbox interrupt enable
registers are configuired based on number of VFs HW supports.
Also cleanedup mailbox irq handler registration code.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike 88xx, CQE_RX descriptor's tunnelling extension i.e CQE_RX2_S
is always enabled on 81xx/83xx and HW does insert these fields into
CQE_RX. As a result receive buffer addresses will now be present at
7th word of CQE_RX instead of 6th.
Enable CQE_RX2_S on 88xx pass 2.x as well.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
81xx has only 4 CPUs, so it doesn't make sense to initialize
entire Qset i.e 8 queues by default. Made changes to queue
initialization to init queues equal to number of CPUs or
8 queues whichever is lesser. Also this will be applicable to
VMs with VNIC VF attached and having less VCPUs
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds info on HW maximums of 81xx/83xx and also
configures receive and transmit datapaths accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PCI device IDs of VNIC on newer chips and also
registers VF driver with them. Device id remains same for all
versions of chips but subsystem device id changes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver has most of the HW maximums info like no of channels,
traffic limiters, RSS indices e.t.c in the form of macros. These have
been moved into a 'hw_info' structure so that support for VNIC on
newer chips with different set of HW maximums can be added.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the backward compatibility on handling phy_connect(), by
iterating over the phy-handle, when new DT is used with older kernel.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When 10GbE SFP+ module is not plugged in or cable is not connected,
the link status register does not report the proper state due
to floating signal. This patch checks the module present status via an
GPIO to determine whether to ignore the link status register and report
link down.
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the link recovery issue, by doing PCS reset
when the link is down.
Signed-off-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch rearranges the port initialization sequence as recommended by
hardware specification. This patch also removes, mac_init() call from
xgene_enet_link_state(), as it was not required.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes FPSel and NxtFPSel fields length to 5-bit value.
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since register_netdev() call in xgene_enet_probe() was moved down to
the end, it doesn't properly handle errors that may occur, by
deconstructing everything that was setup before the error occurred.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xgene_enet_init_hw() should delete any descriptor rings and
buffer pools setup should le_ops->cle_init() return an error.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to xgene_enet_delete_bufpool() freeing skbs, their associated
dma memory should also be unmapped.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed compiler warnings reported with -Wmaybe-uninitialized W=1,
/drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c: In function ‘xgene_enet_rx_frame’:
../drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:455:27: warning: variable ‘pdata’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct xgene_enet_pdata *pdata;
^
../drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c: In function ‘xgene_enet_remove’:
../drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:1691:30: warning: variable ‘mac_ops’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
const struct xgene_mac_ops *mac_ops;
^
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On SFN8000 series adapters the MC provides a method to get the timer
quantum and the maximum timer setting. We revert to the old values if the
new call is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFN8000-series NICs require a new method of setting interrupt moderation,
via MCDI. This is indicated by a workaround flag. This new MCDI command
takes an explicit time value rather than a number of ticks. It therefore
makes sense to also store the moderation values in terms of time, since
that is what the ethtool interface is interested in.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than explicitly specifying flags we can now specify a desired
performance target to the firmware, ie higher throughput or lower latency.
For now we use the default "auto" configuration.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these critical sections protected by page_lock are all entered
from the user context or bottom half context, they can be replaced
with the spin_lock() or spin_lock_bh instead of spin_lock_irqsave().
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a driver for the ENA family of networking devices.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@annapurnalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for 64 bit addressing and BDs.
-> Enable 64 bit addressing in DMACFG register.
-> Set DMA mask when design config register shows support for 64 bit addr.
-> Add new BD words for higher address when 64 bit DMA support is present.
-> Add and update TBQPH and RBQPH for MSB of BD pointers.
-> Change extraction and updation of buffer addresses to use
64 bit address.
-> In gem_rx extract address in one place insted of two and use a
separate flag for RXUSED.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the driver implementation for ethtool link_ksettings
callbacks. qed driver now defines/uses the qed specific masks for
representing link capability values. qede driver maps these values to
to new link modes defined by the kernel implementation of link_ksettings.
Please consider applying this to 'net-next' branch.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ale, cpts, version, rx_packet_max, bus_freq, interrupt pacing
parameters are common per net device that uses the same h/w. So,
move them to common driver structure.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi structs are common for both net devices in dual_emac
mode, In order to not hold duplicate links to them, move to
cpsw_common.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These data are common for net devs in dual_emac mode. No need to hold
it for every priv instance, so move them under cpsw_common.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irq data are common for net devs in dual_emac mode. So no need to
hold these data in every priv struct, move them under cpsw_common.
Also delete irq_num var, as after optimization it's not needed.
Correct number of irqs to 2, as anyway, driver is using only 2,
at least for now.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every net device private struct holds links to shared cpdma resources.
No need to save and every time synchronize these resources per net dev.
So, move it to common driver struct.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointers on h/w registers are common for every cpsw_private
instance, so no need to hold them for every ndev.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to hold pdev link when only dev is needed.
This allows to simplify a bunch of cpsw->pdev->dev now and farther.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch simply create holder for common data and as a start moves
pdev var to it.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to check const slave num in runtime for every packet,
and ndev for slaves w/o ndev is anyway NULL. So remove redundant
check and macro.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to hold link to clk, it's used only once
while probe.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need in priv here.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At poll handler no possibility to figure out which network device is
handling packets, as cpdma channels are common for both network
devices in dual_emac mode. Currently, the messages are printed only
for one device, in fact, there is two. This print msg is incorrect
and seems is not very useful, so drop it from poll handler.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As second net dev is created only in case of dual_emac mode, port
number can be figured out in simpler way. Also no need to pass
redundant ndev struct.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparatory patch for converting qdisc linked list into a
hashtable. As we'll need to include hashtable.h in netdevice.h, we first
have to make sure that this will not introduce symbol conflicts for any of
the netdevice.h users.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch 'ravb: add sleep PM suspend/resume support' used incorrect
function names containing 'runtime' for the suspend and resume
functions.
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interface would not function after the system had been woken up
after have been suspended (echo mem > /sys/power/state) cycle. The
reason for this is that all device registers have been reset to its
default values. This patch adds sleep suspend and resume functions that
detached the interface at suspend and restore the registers and reattach
the interface at resume.
Only the registers that are only configured at probe time needs to be
explicitly restored by the resume handler. All other registers are
reconfigured by either reopening the device in the resume handler (if
the device was running when the system was suspended) or when the
interface is opened by a user at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b5a099c67a "net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq
resource" causes an interrupt storm after the ethernet interface
is activated on S3C24XX platform (ARM non-dt), due to the interrupt
trigger type not being set properly.
It seems, after adding parsing of IRQ flags in commit 7085a7401b
"drivers: platform: parse IRQ flags from resources", there is no path
for non-dt platforms where irq_set_type callback could be invoked when
we don't pass the trigger type flags to the request_irq() call.
In case of a board where the regression is seen the interrupt trigger
type flags are passed through a platform device's resource and it is
not currently handled properly without passing the irq trigger type
flags to the request_irq() call. In case of OF an of_irq_get() call
within platform_get_irq() function seems to be ensuring required irq_chip
setup, but there is no equivalent code for non OF/ACPI platforms.
This patch mostly restores irq trigger type setting code which has been
removed in commit ("net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq resource").
Fixes: b5a099c67a ("net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq resource")
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
App count is not updated while adding new app entry to the dcbx app table.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MFW now supports the Selection field for IEEE mode. Add driver changes to
use the newer MFW masks to read/write the port-id value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtype value is being read incorrectly in ieee-dcbx mode. Use the
correct mfw mask value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Endian-ness conversion is not needed for priority-to-TC field as the
field is already being read/written by the driver in big-endian way.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_property_read_bool to check for the existence of a property.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression e1,e2,x;
@@
- if (of_get_property(e1,e2,NULL))
- x = true;
- else
- x = false;
+ x = of_property_read_bool(e1,e2);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct cpdma_desc_pool->used_desc field can be safely removed from
CPDMA driver (and hot patch) because used_descs counter is used just
for pool consistency check at CPDMA deinitialization and now this
check can be re-implemnted using gen_pool_size(pool->gen_pool) !=
gen_pool_avail(pool->gen_pool).
More over, this will allow to get rid of warnings in
cpdma_desc_pool_destro()-> WARN_ON(pool->used_desc) which may happen
because the used_descs is used unprotected, since CPDMA has been
switched to use genalloc, and may get wrong values on SMP.
Hence, remove used_desc from struct cpdma_desc_pool.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spinlock can be initialized automatically with DEFINE_SPINLOCK()
rather than explicitly calling spin_lock_init().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the mvneta driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
We use the generic function phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings,
and update old mvneta_ethtool_set_settings to the new api.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove global bnad_list_mutex as it is not used anymore. This makes
bnad_add_to_list() and bnad_remove_from_list() empty so remove them too.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change type of bna_id to atomic_t. The bnad_list_mutex is used to prevent
a race when bna_id is incremented. After the change the mutex can be
removed in the next step.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove global variable bnad_list and bnad->list_entry that are used
as list of bna driver instances. It is not necessary and useless.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ndo_set_rx_mode() and ndo_add/del_vxlan_port() calls may be called with
BHs disabled. The driver currently issues the required cmds to the FW in
these contexts and polls on completions from the FW, while BHs remain
disabled. This can cause either packet loss or packet reception to be
delayed on that CPU.
This patch defers processing of the above cmds to a separate workqueue.
With this change, FW cmds are now issued only in process context.
Now that the FW cmds are issued only in process context, they can sleep
waiting for a completion instead of polling. All the spin_lock_bh(mcc_lock)
calls are now replaced with mutex calls.
Also a new rx_filter_lock is now needed to protect the RX filtering fields
like vids[] between be_vlan_add/rem_vid() and __be_set_rx_mode() contexts.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eachtime the ndo_set_rx_mode() routine is called, the driver programs the
multicast list in the adapter without checking if there are any changes to
the list. This leads to a flood of RX_FILTER cmds when a number of vlan
interfaces are configured over the device, as the ndo_ gets
called for each vlan interface. To avoid this, we now use __dev_mc_sync()
and __dev_uc_sync() API, but only to detect if there is a change in the
mc/uc lists. Now that we use this API, the code has to be-designed to
issue these API calls for each invocation of the be_set_rx_mode() call.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently removes a new vid from the adapter->vids[] array if
be_vid_config() returns an error, which occurs when there is an error in
HW/FW. This is wrong. After the HW/FW error is recovered from, we need the
complete vids[] array to re-program the vlan list.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Lancer FW has a bug due to which in some cases vlan-promisc setting
is cleared eventhough the vlan-list programming did not succeed (via
VLAN_CONFIG) cmd. The driver has no way of knowing if the vlan-promisc
mode was cleared or not when this cmd fails. To work around this issue,
this patch first explicitly clears the vlan-promisc mode via RX_FILTER
cmd and then tries to program the vlan list.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call site for this function appears as:
#ifdef DEBUG
data->msg_enable = DEBUG;
dump_eth_one(dev);
#endif
...leading to the following warning for !DEBUG builds:
drivers/net/ethernet/tundra/tsi108_eth.c:169:13: warning: 'dump_eth_one' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static void dump_eth_one(struct net_device *dev)
^
...when using the arch/powerpc/configs/mpc7448_hpc2_defconfig
Put the function definition under the same #ifdef as the call site
to avoid the warning.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We correctly execute mlxsw_sp_port_dcb_fini() when port is removed, but
I missed its rollback in the error path of port creation, so add it.
Fixes: f00817df2b ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for Data Center Bridging (DCB)")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PFCC register is used to configure both PAUSE and PFC frames.
Therefore, when PFC frames are disabled we must make sure we don't
mistakenly also disable PAUSE frames (which might be enabled).
Fix this by packing the PFCC register with the current PAUSE settings.
Note that this register is also accessed via ethtool ops, but there we
are guaranteed to have PFC disabled.
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ieee_setpfc() gets called, PAUSE frames are not necessarily
disabled on the port.
Check if PAUSE frames are disabled or enabled and configure the port's
headroom buffer accordingly.
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
USRIO and JUMBO CAPS have the same mask.
Fix the same.
Fixes: ce721a7021 ("net: ethernet: cadence-macb: Add disabled usrio caps")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.5+
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit a94efbd7cc ("ethernet: arc: emac_main: add missing of_node_put
after calling of_parse_phandle") added missing of_node_put after calling
of_parse_phandle, but missing the devm_ioremap_resource() error handling
case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Updates/fixes for iw_cxgb4 driver
- Updates/fixes for mlx5 driver
- Add flow steering and RSS API
- Add hardware stats to mlx4 and mlx5 drivers
- Add firmware version API for RDMA driver use
- Add the rxe driver (this is a software RoCE driver that makes any
Ethernet device a RoCE device)
- Fixes for i40iw driver
- Support for send only multicast joins in the cma layer
- Other minor fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=oZOO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull base rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Round one of 4.8 code: while this is mostly normal, there is a new
driver in here (the driver was hosted outside the kernel for several
years and is actually a fairly mature and well coded driver). It
amounts to 13,000 of the 16,000 lines of added code in here.
Summary:
- Updates/fixes for iw_cxgb4 driver
- Updates/fixes for mlx5 driver
- Add flow steering and RSS API
- Add hardware stats to mlx4 and mlx5 drivers
- Add firmware version API for RDMA driver use
- Add the rxe driver (this is a software RoCE driver that makes any
Ethernet device a RoCE device)
- Fixes for i40iw driver
- Support for send only multicast joins in the cma layer
- Other minor fixes"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (72 commits)
Soft RoCE driver
IB/core: Support for CMA multicast join flags
IB/sa: Add cached attribute containing SM information to SA port
IB/uverbs: Fix race between uverbs_close and remove_one
IB/mthca: Clean up error unwind flow in mthca_reset()
IB/mthca: NULL arg to pci_dev_put is OK
IB/hfi1: NULL arg to sc_return_credits is OK
IB/mlx4: Add diagnostic hardware counters
net/mlx4: Query performance and diagnostics counters
net/mlx4: Add diagnostic counters capability bit
Use smaller 512 byte messages for portmapper messages
IB/ipoib: Report SG feature regardless of HW UD CSUM capability
IB/mlx4: Don't use GFP_ATOMIC for CQ resize struct
IB/hfi1: Disable by default
IB/rdmavt: Disable by default
IB/mlx5: Fix port counter ID association to QP offset
IB/mlx5: Fix iteration overrun in GSI qps
i40iw: Add NULL check for puda buffer
i40iw: Change dup_ack_thresh to u8
i40iw: Remove unnecessary check for moving CQ head
...
Add a function to query diagnostics counters from the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Add a bit that indicates if the firmware supports per port
diagnostic counters.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Driver modifies the supplied NAPI budget in qlcnic_83xx_msix_tx_poll()
function. Instead, it should use the budget as it is.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a data structure corruption bug in the SRIOV VF mailbox
handler code. While handling mailbox commands from the atomic context,
driver is accessing and updating qlcnic_async_work_list_struct entry fields
in the async work list. These fields could be concurrently accessed by the
work function resulting in data corruption.
This patch restructures async mbx command handling by using a separate
async command list instead of using a list of work_struct structures.
A single work_struct is used to schedule and handle the async commands
with proper locking mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch remove the wrong substraction from info->data in
tg3_get_rxnfc function. Without this patch, the number of RSS
queues reported is less by one.
Reported-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the rx coalescing time is 0, interrupts
are not generated from the controller and rx path hangs.
To avoid this rx hang, updating the driver to not allow
rx coalescing time to be 0.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <satish.baddipadige@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Building with -Wmaybe-uninitialized shows a potential use of
an uninitialized variable:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_phy_connect':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:802:23: warning: 'phy_dev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Although the compiler correctly identified this based on the function,
the current code is still safe as long dev->of_node is non-NULL
for the case of CONFIG_ACPI=n, which is currently the case.
The warning is now disabled by default, but still appears when
building with W=1, and other build test tools should be able to
detect it as well. Adding an #else clause here makes the code
more robust and makes it clear to the compiler that this cannot
happen.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 8089a96f60 ("drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
100g support is not available in MSI mode. Failing the driver load in this scenario.
Please consider applying this to `net'.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
This commit fixes both local (in stmmac_axi_setup) and global
(plat->phy_node) device_node for this issue, and using the
correct device node when tries to put node at stmmac_probe_config_dt
for error path.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle (or of_node_get) has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If tx timeout event occur, kernel will call rtl8139_tx_timeout_task() to reset
hardware. But in this function, driver does not stop tx and rx function before
reset hardware, that will cause system hang.
In this patch, add stop tx and rx function before reset hardware.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL instead of 0 when EQ elements is
too larger, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge drm updates from Dave Airlie:
"This is the main drm pull request for 4.8.
I'm down with a cold at the moment so hopefully this isn't in too bad
a state, I finished pulling stuff last week mostly (nouveau fixes just
went in today), so only this message should be influenced by illness.
Apologies to anyone who's major feature I missed :-)
Core:
Lockless GEM BO freeing
Non-blocking atomic work
Documentation changes (rst/sphinx)
Prep for new fencing changes
Simple display helpers
Master/auth changes
Register/unregister rework
Loads of trivial patches/fixes.
New stuff:
ARM Mali display driver (not the 3D chip)
sii902x RGB->HDMI bridge
Panel:
Support for new panels
Improved backlight support
Bridge:
Convert ADV7511 to bridge driver
ADV7533 support
TC358767 (DSI/DPI to eDP) encoder chip support
i915:
BXT support enabled by default
GVT-g infrastructure
GuC command submission and fixes
BXT workarounds
SKL/BKL workarounds
Demidlayering device registration
Thundering herd fixes
Missing pci ids
Atomic updates
amdgpu/radeon:
ATPX improvements for better dGPU power control on PX systems
New power features for CZ/BR/ST
Pipelined BO moves and evictions in TTM
GPU scheduler improvements
GPU reset improvements
Overclocking on dGPUs with amdgpu
Polaris powermanagement enabled
nouveau:
GK20A/GM20B volt and clock improvements.
Initial support for GP100/GP104 GPUs, GP104 will not yet support
acceleration due to NVIDIA having not released firmware for them as of yet.
exynos:
Exynos5433 SoC with IOMMU support.
vc4:
Shader validation for branching
imx-drm:
Atomic mode setting conversion
Reworked DMFC FIFO allocation
External bridge support
analogix-dp:
RK3399 eDP support
Lots of fixes.
rockchip:
Lots of small fixes.
msm:
DT bindings cleanups
Shrinker and madvise support
ASoC HDMI codec support
tegra:
Host1x driver cleanups
SOR reworking for DP support
Runtime PM support
omapdrm:
PLL enhancements
Header refactoring
Gamma table support
arcgpu:
Simulator support
virtio-gpu:
Atomic modesetting fixes.
rcar-du:
Misc fixes.
mediatek:
MT8173 HDMI support
sti:
ASOC HDMI codec support
Minor fixes
fsl-dcu:
Suspend/resume support
Bridge support
amdkfd:
Minor fixes.
etnaviv:
Enable GPU clock gating
hisilicon:
Vblank and other fixes"
* tag 'drm-for-v4.8' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (1575 commits)
drm/nouveau/gr/nv3x: fix instobj write offsets in gr setup
drm/nouveau/acpi: fix lockup with PCIe runtime PM
drm/nouveau/acpi: check for function 0x1B before using it
drm/nouveau/acpi: return supported DSM functions
drm/nouveau/acpi: ensure matching ACPI handle and supported functions
drm/nouveau/fbcon: fix font width not divisible by 8
drm/amd/powerplay: remove enable_clock_power_gatings_tasks from initialize and resume events
drm/amd/powerplay: move clockgating to after ungating power in pp for uvd/vce
drm/amdgpu: add query device id and revision id into system info entry at CGS
drm/amdgpu: add new definition in bif header
drm/amd/powerplay: rename smum header guards
drm/amdgpu: enable UVD context buffer for older HW
drm/amdgpu: fix default UVD context size
drm/amdgpu: fix incorrect type of info_id
drm/amdgpu: make amdgpu_cgs_call_acpi_method as static
drm/amdgpu: comment out unused defaults_staturn_pro static const structure to fix the build
drm/amdgpu: enable UVD VM only on polaris
drm/amdgpu: increase timeout of IB test
drm/amdgpu: add destroy session when generate VCE destroy msg.
drm/amd: fix deadlock of job_list_lock V2
...
Assigning NULL to parmeter dcb has no effect outside of the
inlined function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not write random bytes from the kernel stack when
calling qed_wr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable length is not used after the deleted line.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(!A || (A && B)) is equivalent to (!A || B)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i is defined as unsigned.
So print it with %u.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add and val are read with
sscanf(kern_buf, "%x:%x", &addr, &val);
and used as arguments for bna_reg_offset_check and writel
so they have to be unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addr and len are read with
sscanf(kern_buf, "%x:%x", &addr, &len);
and used as arguments for
bna_reg_offset_check.
So they have to be unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If dev_get_platdata has failed pd is null.
Do not dereference a null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i has been defined as unsigned int.
So use %u for output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If platform_get_resource fails, mem2 is null.
Do not dereference null.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no AC power, NIC may not work after changing mac address.
Please refer to following link.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg356572.html
This issue is caused by runtime power management. When there is no AC
power, if we put NIC down (ifconfig down), the driver will be in runtime
suspend state and hardware will be put into D3 state. During this time,
driver cannot access hardware regisers. So if you set new mac address
during this time, it will not be set to hardware. After resume, NIC will
keep using the old mac address and the network will not work normally.
In this patch I add detecting runtime pm status when setting mac address.
If driver is in runtime suspend state, it will skip setting mac address, keep
the new mac address, and set the new mac address during runtime resume.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not to call rtl8169_update_counters() to dump tally counter when driver
is in runtime suspend state.
Calling rtl8169_update_counters() in runtime suspend state will produce
warning message "rtl_counters_cond == 1 (loop: 1000, delay: 10)".
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIC will be put into D3 state during runtime suspend state. When set or
get hardware wol setting, driver will write or read hardware registers.
If we set or get hardware wol setting in runtime suspend state, because
NIC will in D3 state, the hardware registers read by driver will return all
0xff. That will let driver thinking register flag is not toggled and
then prints the warning message "rtl_counters_cond == 1 (loop: 1000,
delay: 10)" to kernel log.
For fixing this issue, add checking driver's pm runtime status in
rtl8169_get_wol() and rtl8169_set_wol().
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in printk message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_platform_depopulate() in cpsw_remove() instead of
of_device_unregister(), because CSPW child devices will not be
recreated otherwise on next insmod. of_platform_depopulate() is
correct way now as it will ensure that all steps done in
of_platform_populate() are reverted, including cleaning up of
OF_POPULATED flag.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L3 error will be generated and system will crash during unloading
of CPSW driver if CPSW is used as module and ethX devices are down.
This happens because CPSW can be power off by PM runtime now when ethX
devices are down.
Hence, ensure that CPSW powered up by PM runtime before performing any
deinitialization actions which require CPSW registers access. In case
of PM runtime error just leave cpsw_remove() as we can't do anything
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix deadlock in cpdma_ctlr_destroy() which is triggered now on
cpsw module removal:
cpsw_remove()
- cpdma_ctlr_destroy()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags)
- cpdma_ctlr_stop()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags);
- cpdma_chan_destroy()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags);
The issue has not been observed before because CPDMA channels have
been destroyed manually by CPSW until commit d941ebe88a ("net:
ethernet: ti: cpsw: use destroy ctlr to destroy channels") was merged.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 637d3e9973 ("cxgb4: Discard the packet if the length is
greater than mtu") introduced a regression in the VLAN interface
performance when Tx VLAN offload is disabled.
Check if skb is tagged, regardless of whether it is hardware accelerated
or not. Presently we were checking only for hardware acclereated one,
which caused performance to drop to ~0.17Mbps on a 10GbE adapter for
VLAN interface, when tx vlan offload is turned off using ethtool.
The ethernet head length calculation was going wrong in this case, and
driver ended up dropping packets.
Fixes: 637d3e9973 ("cxgb4: Discard the packet if the length is greater than mtu")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each PF/VF has a limited number of vlan filters for
configuration purposes; This information is passed to qede
and is used to prevent over-usage - once a vlan is to be
configured and no filter credit is available, the driver
would switch into working in vlan-promisc mode.
Problem is the credit pool is shared by both PFs and VFs,
and currently PFs aren't deducting the filters that are
reserved for their VFs from their quota, which may lead
to some vlan filters failing unknowingly due to lack of credit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses reverse logic when checking if minimum
bandwidth configuration applied, causing it to
configure the guarantee only on the first hw-function.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the necessary logic to prevet statistics reset
on inner-reload introduced a bug, and now statistics
are reset only when re-probing the driver.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before requesting the firmware to start Rx queues,
driver goes and sets the queue producer in the device to 0.
But while the producer is 32-bit, the driver currently clears 64 bits,
effectively zeroing an additional CID's producer as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has reverse logic for checking the result of the
spoof-checking configuration. As a result, it would log that
the configuration failed [even though it succeeded], and will
no longer do anything when requested to remove the configuration,
as it's accounting of the feature will be incorrect.
Fixes: 6ddc760825 ("qed*: IOV support spoof-checking")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid() implementation,
qede is requesting firmware to remove the vlan filter.
This currently happens even if the vlan wasn't previously
added [In case device ran out of vlan credits].
For PFs this doesn't cause any issues as the firmware
would simply ignore the removal request. But for VFs their
parent PF is holding an accounting of the configured vlans,
and such a request would cause the PF to fail the VF's
removal request.
Simply fix this for both PFs & VFs and don't remove filters
that were not previously added.
Fixes: 7c1bfcad9f ("qede: Add vlan filtering offload support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Unified UDP encapsulation offload methods for drivers, from
Alexander Duyck.
2) Make DSA binding more sane, from Andrew Lunn.
3) Support QCA9888 chips in ath10k, from Anilkumar Kolli.
4) Several workqueue usage cleanups, from Bhaktipriya Shridhar.
5) Add XDP (eXpress Data Path), essentially running BPF programs on RX
packets as soon as the device sees them, with the option to mirror
the packet on TX via the same interface. From Brenden Blanco and
others.
6) Allow qdisc/class stats dumps to run lockless, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add VLAN support to b53 and bcm_sf2, from Florian Fainelli.
8) Simplify netlink conntrack entry layout, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add ipv4 forwarding support to mlxsw spectrum driver, from Ido
Schimmel, Yotam Gigi, and Jiri Pirko.
10) Add SKB array infrastructure and convert tun and macvtap over to it.
From Michael S Tsirkin and Jason Wang.
11) Support qdisc packet injection in pktgen, from John Fastabend.
12) Add neighbour monitoring framework to TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
13) Add NV congestion control support to TCP, from Lawrence Brakmo.
14) Add GSO support to SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
15) Allow GRO and RPS to function on macsec devices, from Paolo Abeni.
16) Support MPLS over IPV4, from Simon Horman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1622 commits)
xgene: Fix build warning with ACPI disabled.
be2net: perform temperature query in adapter regardless of its interface state
l2tp: Correctly return -EBADF from pppol2tp_getname.
net/mlx5_core/health: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
net: ipmr/ip6mr: update lastuse on entry change
macsec: ensure rx_sa is set when validation is disabled
tipc: dump monitor attributes
tipc: add a function to get the bearer name
tipc: get monitor threshold for the cluster
tipc: make cluster size threshold for monitoring configurable
tipc: introduce constants for tipc address validation
net: neigh: disallow transition to NUD_STALE if lladdr is unchanged in neigh_update()
MAINTAINERS: xgene: Add driver and documentation path
Documentation: dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
drivers: net: xgene: ethtool: Use phy_ethtool_gset and sset
drivers: net: xgene: Use exported functions
drivers: net: xgene: Enable MDIO driver
drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility
drivers: net: phy: xgene: Add MDIO driver
...
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_phy_connect':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:759:22: warning: unused variable 'adev' [-Wunused-variable]
Fixes: 8089a96f60 ("drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The be2net driver performs fw temperature queries on be_worker() routine,
which is executed each second for each be_adapter. There is a frequency
threshold to avoid fw query to happens at each call to be_worker();
instead, currently a fw query occurs once in 64 runs of the procedure.
Nevertheless, this fw temperature query is invoked only for adapters which
interface is up, so we can see I/O errors on read of hwmon counters from
userspace (from tools like lm-sensors) in case we have adapters' functions
which interface is down.
This patch moves the fw query code to be invoked even if interface is down.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The workqueue health->wq was used as per device private health thread.
This was done to perform delayed work.
The workqueue has a single workitem(&health->work) and
hence doesn't require ordering. It is involved in handling the health of
the device and is not being used on a memory reclaim path.
Hence, the singlethreaded workqueue has been replaced with the use of
system_wq.
Work item has been flushed in mlx5_health_cleanup() to ensure that
there are no pending tasks while disconnecting the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXlRXSAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGG/gH/0Z8O4zWOsrwO+X1mRToRDBH
joFOjAmCVe83T1VpF5LYNB+9+owL/dEDt6+ZIswnhH7AfQPjs4RqwS4PcuMbCDVO
+mDm0PmfcKaYcQZrB2Z2OwIzRNnfCTVcsDPhIHwuIHk0m4z/xuGZonD8KoAj0+tO
3yJF6sbE1KubDVjOb+lmZZSP3cXA0pDXrNhkYhE4Tsr8fiihGjeXSNJ8t2zPLjxo
W3MPqo0rzDvQsOwoF4TWHHagVaFSJlhLBBgqu33fI7uO3jtfQD2G8wG68JCND1j3
qbMoBfTLFV/yQmSIJUt0Wv1axaCcwnjpweEB35A/GEeZ0mNB1rDdoBeI1eKEQkc=
=DGFC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Backmerge tag 'v4.7' into drm-next
Linux 4.7
As requested by Daniel Vetter as the conflicts were getting messy.
Changed SGMII 1G get_settings to use phy_ethtool_gset.
Changed SGMII 1G set_settings to use phy_ethtool_sset.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reuses the mdio read/write and phy_register functions
and removed the local definitions.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables MDIO driver by,
- Selecting MDIO_XGENE
- Changed open and close to use phy_start and phy_stop
- Changed to use mac_ops->tx(rx)_enable and tx(rx)_disable
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds xgene_enet_check_phy_hanlde() function that checks whether
MDIO driver is probed successfully and sets pdata->mdio_driver to true.
If MDIO driver is not probed, ethernet driver falls back to backward
compatibility mode.
Since enum xgene_enet_cmd is used by MDIO driver, removing this from
ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes clock reset sequence.
- Added clock reset sequence for ACPI
- Added delay in clock reset sequence to make sure pulse is generated
- Added clk_unprepare_disable() in port shutdown to make sure
clock increment/decrement counts are matching
- Removed MII_MGMT_CONFIG programming, since it is not required
- Fixed programming XGENET_CONFIG_REG to enable SGMII mode
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is configured as kernel module and when it gets
unloaded and reloaded, kernel crash was observed. This patch
addresses the software cleanup by doing the following,
- Moved register_netdev call after hardware is ready
- Since ndev is not ready, added set_irq_name to set irq name
- Since ndev is not ready, changed mdio_bus->parent to pdev->dev
- Replaced netif_start(stop)_queue by netif_tx_start(stop)_queues
- Removed napi_del call since it's called by free_netdev
- Added dev_close call, within remove
- Added shutdown callback
- Changed to use dmam_ APIs
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is configured as kernel module and when it gets
unloaded and reloaded, kernel crash was observed. This patch
address the hardware resource cleanups by doing the following,
- Added mac_ops->clear() to do prefetch buffer clean up
- Fixed delete freepool buffers logic
- Reordered mac_enable and mac_disable
- Added Tx completion ring free
- Moved down delete_desc_rings after ring cleanup
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mac_init is too heavy to be called when the link changes,
moved the speed_set configuration to a new function and added
mac_ops->set_speed function pointer. This function will be
called from adjust_link callback.
Added cases for 10/100 support for SGMII based 1G interface.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 5741X/5731X NPAR device IDs and dual media SFP/10GBase-T device IDs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are not enough resources to enable ntuple filtering,
log a warning message.
v2: Use single message and add missing newline.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include the destination MAC address in the ntuple filter structure. The
current code assumes that the destination MAC address is always the MAC
address of the NIC. This may not be true if there are macvlans, for
example. Add destination MAC address checking and configure the filter
correctly using the correct index for the destination MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slowpath completion handling is incorrectly changing
SPQ_RING_SIZE bits instead of a single one.
Fixes: 76a9a3642a ("qed: fix handling of concurrent ramrods")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This update provides the following changes:
- The rework of the timer wheel which addresses the shortcomings of
the current wheel (cascading, slow search for next expiring timer,
etc). That's the first major change of the wheel in almost 20
years since Finn implemted it.
- A large overhaul of the clocksource drivers init functions to
consolidate the Device Tree initialization
- Some more Y2038 updates
- A capability fix for timerfd
- Yet another clock chip driver
- The usual pile of updates, comment improvements all over the place"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (130 commits)
tick/nohz: Optimize nohz idle enter
clockevents: Make clockevents_subsys static
clocksource/drivers/time-armada-370-xp: Fix return value check
timers: Implement optimization for same expiry time in mod_timer()
timers: Split out index calculation
timers: Only wake softirq if necessary
timers: Forward the wheel clock whenever possible
timers/nohz: Remove pointless tick_nohz_kick_tick() function
timers: Optimize collect_expired_timers() for NOHZ
timers: Move __run_timers() function
timers: Remove set_timer_slack() leftovers
timers: Switch to a non-cascading wheel
timers: Reduce the CPU index space to 256k
timers: Give a few structs and members proper names
hlist: Add hlist_is_singular_node() helper
signals: Use hrtimer for sigtimedwait()
timers: Remove the deprecated mod_timer_pinned() API
timers, net/ipv4/inet: Initialize connection request timers as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/mips_ejtag: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/metag_da: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
...
Verify that the device state is registered before un-registering it.
This check is required to prevent an OOPS on flows that do
re-registration of the device and its previous state was
unregistered.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set 'struct tcf_exts' has no member named
'actions' and we therefore must not access it. Otherwise compilation
fails.
Fix this by introducing a new macro similar to tc_no_actions(), which
always returns 'false' if CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set.
Fixes: 763b4b70af ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support in matchall mirror TC offloading")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Such a big dump of register values is hardly useful on a production
system.
Another downside of the now removed functions is that calling
emac_dump_regs resulted in at least 87 calls to dev_info while holding a
spinlock and having irqs off which is a big source of latency.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for query the minimum inline mode from the Firmware.
It is required for correct TX steering according to L3/L4 packet
headers.
Each send queue (SQ) has inline mode that defines the minimal required
headers that needs to be copied into the SQ WQE.
The driver asks the Firmware for the wqe_inline_mode device capability
value. In case the device capability defined as "vport context" the
driver must check the reported min inline mode from the vport context
before creating its SQs.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each send queue (SQ) has inline mode that defines the minimal required
inline headers in the SQ WQE.
Before sending each packet check that the minimum required headers
on the WQE are copied.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Emil fixes the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
the index is not equal to zero. Fixes an issue where mac->ops.setup_fc
can be NULL for backplanes which can cause the driver to crash on load.
Don fixes the second parameter of the LED functions, which is the index to
the LED we are interested in affecting. Fixed variable to store register
reads to unsigned integer. Adds support for the new x553 hardware into
ixgbevf. Fixed a missing rtnl lock around ixgbevf_reinit_locked().
Fixed an issue where in ixgbevf_reset_subtask() was not verifying that
the port has been removed. Cleans up the initial crosstalk fix, since
the SFP that indicates the presence of a SFP+ module changes between
hardware types.
Babu Moger fixes typo in freeing IRQ, since the array subscript increments
after the execution of the statement.
Wei Yongjun adds the missing destroy_workqueue() before returning from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Tony adds range checking for setting the MTU from the VF, where the PF can
return a NACK but this was not passed on to the VF, so propagate the
results from the PF to the VF so errors can be reported. Consolidates
mailbox read and write functions, since the recent changes to
ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are performing the same
operations done here.
Colin Ian King removes a redundant check on ret_val, since ret_val has
not changed since the previous check.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Heinrich Schuchardt found a possible null pointer being dereferenced in
i40e_debug_aq(), fixed the issue by doing the variable assignment after
we are sure the pointer is not null.
Avinash fixed an issue when link was down, we were not showing the
correct advertised link modes.
Mitch cleans up a useless initializer since the variable is assigned
right away. Refactors the receive filter handling to properly track
filter adds and deletes so the driver will not lose filters during a
reset and up/down cycles. Also added a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Catherine removes a device id which is not needed (or used). Moves
a mutex lock since we need to lock the client list around the
i40e_client_release() call to prevent the release from interrupting
the client instances while they are being added.
Joshua adds Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Amitoj Kaur Chawla cleans up a redundant memset() call before a memcpy().
Stefan Assmann adds the missing link advertise for some x710 NICs.
Tushar Dave fixes and issue found on SPARC, where a PF reset clears MAC
filters and if a platform-specific MAC address is used, the driver has
to explicitly write default MAC address to MAC filters otherwise all
incoming traffic destined to the default MAC address will be dropped
after reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export cxgbi_ppm_release() to release
ppod manager and cxgbi_tagmask_set() to
set tag mask, they are used by cxgb3i, cxgb4i
and cxgbit.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add common library module(libcxgb.ko) for
Chelsio drivers to remove duplicate code.
Code for iSCSI DDP Page Pod Manager is moved
from cxgb4.ko to libcxgb.ko. Earlier only cxgbit.ko
was using this code, now cxgb3i and cxgb4i will
also use common Page Pod manager code.
In future this module will have common connection
management and hardware specific code that can be
shared by multiple Chelsio drivers.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads port mirroring directives to hw using the matchall TC
with action mirror. It includes both the implementation of the
ndo_setup_tc function for the spectrum driver and the spectrum hardware
offload configuration code.
The hardware offload code is basically two new functions which are capable
of adding and removing a new mirror ports pair. It is done using the MPAT,
MPAR and SBIB registers:
- A new Switch-Port Analyzer (SPAN) entry is added using MPAT to the 'to'
port.
- The 'to' port is bound to the SPAN entry using MPAR register.
- In case of egress SPAN, the 'to' port gets a new internal shared
buffer using SBIB register.
In addition, a new database was added to the mlxsw_sp struct to store all
the SPAN entries and their bound ports list. The number of supported SPAN
entries is determined by resource query.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MPAR register is used to bind ports to a SPAN entry (which was
created using MPAT register) and thus mirror their traffic (ingress /
egress) to a different port.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MPAT register is used to query and configure the Switch Port Analyzer
(SPAN) table. This register is used to configure a port as a mirror output
port, while after that a mirrored input port can be bound using MPAR
register.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures per port buffer for internal use. This
register is used to configure an egress mirror buffer on the egress port
which does the mirroring.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max span resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resources query implementation. If exists, query the HW for its
builtin resources instead of having them as consts in the code.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a few issues with the initial crosstalk fix. Most
important of which is the SDP that indicates the presents of a SFP+
module changes between HW types. With this change that is taken in
to consideration
It also moves the check closer to the base code that checks link. This
makes it so we only need to do the check in one spot.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The last check on ret_val is redundant since ret_val has not changed
since the previous check, so remove it as it is extraneous.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are
performing the same operations done here; change those functions to
utilize ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently when setting the VF's MTU, the PF can return a NACK but this
isn't passed on to the VF. Propagate the results from the PF to the VF
so errors can be reported.
In ixgbevf_change_mtu, return an error and reject the change.
For ixgbevf_configure_rx, log the error for debugging purposes since
the function is buried in a series of Rx config routines that are void.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbevf_reset_subtask We weren't verifying that the port haven't
been removed, we are with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the missing destroy_workqueue() before return from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbevf_reinit_locked() assumes you have the rtnl lock
however we didn't when calling from the service task. This patch
corrects that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
mac->ops.setup_fc can be null for backplanes which can cause the driver
to crash on load.
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <patrickm@gaikai.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add VF support for the new X553 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The array subscript increments after the execution of the statement.
So there is no issue here. However it helps to read the code better.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed this variable used for register reads wasn't an unsigned
so this patch corrects that. I don't believe this was causing any
issue as is but this is more consistent with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump the version number to more closely match the function included
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The second parameter of these functions is the index to the led we
are interested in affecting. However we were mistakenly passing
the offset in the register. This patch corrects that and adds some
bonds checking which would hopefully make bugs like this more noticeable
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
index != 0.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e PF reset clears mac filters. If platform-specific mac address
is used, driver has to explicitly write default mac address to mac
filters otherwise all incoming traffic destined to default mac
address will be dropped after reset.
This issue was found on SPARC while toggling i40e ntuple via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adding the missing link advertise for some X710 NICs.
This can be observed by simply calling ethtool on the interface.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: Not reported
[...]
With fix applied.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: 10000baseT/Full
[...]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to lock the client list around the i40e_client_release call to
prevent the release from interrupting the client instances while they are
being added.
Change-Id: I99993f20179aaf8730207833e7d0869d2ccffa1d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove redundant call to memset before a call to memcpy.
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@@
expression e1,e2,e3,e4;
@@
- memset(e1,e2,e3);
memcpy(e1,e4,e3);
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly track filter adds and deletes so the driver doesn't lose filters
during resets and up/down cycles. Add a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Implement a simple state machine so the driver can track the status of
each filter throughout its lifecycle. Properly manage the overflow promiscuous
state for the each VSI, and provide a way for the driver to detect when to exit
overflow promiscuous mode.
Remove all possible default MAC filters that the firmware may have set up so
that the driver can manage these correctly, particularly when VLANs come into
play. Remove the LAA flag for filters; instead just send whatever we get through
set_mac to the firmware as the LAA for wakeup purposes.
Finally, add the state of each filter to debugfs output so we can see what's
going on inside the driver's pointy little head.
Change-ID: I97c5e366fac2254fa01eaff4f65c0af61dcf2e1f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Change-ID: I9c4fe6d8dfd34f7f68ebc9fdae225c8768439c89
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID is not needed, so take it out.
Change-ID: I148d29f68a1f58b03980ecd83047a1b440f4f74d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This initializer isn't needed because the variable is assigned right
away.
Change-ID: I6ce3edb3f4e0364db248a7a0bcc62ca95c01d941
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When link is down, Advertised Link Modes was wrongly displaying full
supported link modes instead of Advertised link mode. Added conditional
checks in order to make sure correct Advertised link modes are
displayed when the link is down.
Change-ID: I8a61413f9ee174149c7a33157b5f0b0a8da9842d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In function i40e_debug_aq parameter desc is assumed to be
possibly NULL. Do not dereference it before checking the
value.
Fixes: f905dd62be ("i40e/i40evf: add max buf len to aq debug print helper")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For consistency, and in order to hint at the synchronous nature of the
xdp_prog field, use READ_ONCE in the destroy path of the ring. All
occurrences should now use either READ_ONCE or xchg.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-20
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Ngai-Mint provides a fix to clear PCIE_GMBX bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt after a data path reset.
Jake provides most of the patches in the series, starting with a early
return from fm10k_down() if we are already down to prevent conflict with
other threads. Fixed an issue where fm10k_update_stats() could cause
a null pointer dereference, specifically if it is called when we are going
down and the rings have been removed. Cleans up and fixes the data path
reset flow, Tx hang routine and stop_hw(). Re-worked the fm10k_reinit()
to be more maintainable and fixed several inconsistencies with the work
flow. Implemented fm10k_prepare_suspend() and fm10k_handle_resume()
which abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Fixed an issue where if an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of
bus master mode, and the driver will be unable to recover from the reset
properly, so ensure bus master is enabled after every reset. Fixed an
issue where a reset will occur as if for no reason, regularly every few
minutes until the switch manager software is loaded, which is caused
by continuously requesting the lport map so only do the request after
we have verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial MAC address is retrieved from hardware if it's not
provided by device-tree. The reserved MAC address from hardware
will be used if non-reserved MAC address is invalid. It will
cause mismatched MAC address seen by hardware and software.
This disallows using the reserved hardware MAC address to avoid
the mismatched MAC address seen by hardware and software.
Fixes: 113ce107af ("net/faraday: Read MAC address from chip")
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Suggested-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
memset the command buffers rather than the pointers to them.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pci_enable_msix_range() function returns a positive value of the
number of allocated vectors if it succeeds. On failure it returns
a negative error code. Return this code properly so that the error
message printed by the driver will show the actual error code instead of
being masked by -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we resume from an AER recovery with many active VFs, the PF sees
many spurious link up and link down events. Prevent this by delaying
link down for at least one second after the resume event.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the fm10k interface is brought up, but the switch manager software is
not running, the driver will continuously request the lport map every
few seconds in the base driver watchdog routine. Eventually after
several minutes the switch mailbox Tx fifo will fill up and the mailbox
will timeout, resulting in a reset. This reset will appear as if for no
reason, and occurs regularly every few minutes until the switch manager
software is loaded.
Prevent this from happening by only requesting the lport map after we've
verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready. In order to simplify code logic
and reduce code duplication, implement this as a new function pointer
"mac.ops.request_lport_map" which the VF will not implement. Otherwise,
we have to duplicate the tx_ready check outside of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic, or re-implement most of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic in the pf version.
The resulting code is simpler and easier to understand, and prevents the
PF from continuously requesting lport map and filling the Tx fifo of
a switch mailbox that isn't ready.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes, a VF driver will lose PCIe address access, such as due to
a PF FLR event. In fm10k_detach_subtask, poll and check whether the
PCIe register space is active again and restore the device when it has.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of bus master mode, and
the driver will be unable to recover from the reset properly, resulting
in malicious driver events and an infinite reset loop. In the normal
case, the bus master mode will already be enabled and this call will
essentially be a no-op. Since we're doing this every reset, it is
possible we could remove the other calls to pci_set_master() but it
seems not harmful to just leave them in place.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Continuing the effort to commonize the similar suspend/resume flows,
finish up by using the new fm10k_handle_suspand and fm10k_handle_resume
functions for the standard suspend/resume flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a function level PCI reset is triggered using sysfs, it calls the
driver's .reset_notify error handler. Implement a handler based on the
now split fm10k_prepare_for_reset and fm10k_handle_reset functions, so
that we fully reset the driver when the PCI function level reset occurs.
This also ensures the reset is handled in a clean way by first disabling
all the driver bits first and then restoring them after the function
reset. Previously the stack simply performed a blind function reset and
our driver didn't take any part in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have extracted the necessary steps for a split
suspend/resume flow, re-use these functions instead of using the current
open coded flow. This ensures that we don't miss any steps. It also
ensures that we have the correct driver states set.
Since we'll be handling all of the reset flow ourselves, we no longer
need to request a reset in the io_slot_reset() function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement fm10k_prepare_suspend and fm10k_handle_resume functions which
abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Every other location that does a suspend/resume type flow is expected to
use these functions, because otherwise they may have conflicts with the
running watchdog routines. This also has the effect of preventing
possible surprise remove events during handling of FLR events and PCIe
errors.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are several flows in the driver which perform the similar function
of tearing down software and restoring software to recover from certain
errors or PCIe events, including:
* fm10k_reinit
* fm10k_suspend/resume
* fm10k_io_error_detected/fm10k_io_resume
In addition, we want to implement a .reset_notify() handler as well
which will also perform similar function.
Rework how the driver codes reset and resume flows by separating out the
reinit logic into two functions "fm10k_prepare_for_reset" and
"fm10k_handle_reset". This first step will allow us to re-use this
functionality in the similar blocks of code instead of re-coding the
same sequence of events slightly different.
The end result should be more maintainable and correct, fixing several
inconsistencies with the work flow.
The new functions expect to take the rtnl_lock() themselves, and it does
have the unfortunate side effect of having the reinit flow take then
release then take the rtnl_lock. However, this minor downside is
out weighted by the benefits of code reduction and reducing needless
difference between these flows.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It turns out that sometimes during a reset the Tx queues will be
temporarily stuck longer than .stop_hw() expects. Work around this issue
by attempting to .stop_hw() first. If it tails, wait a number of
attempts until the Tx queues appear to be drained. After this, attempt
stop_hw() again. This ensures that we avoid waiting if we don't need to,
such as during the first initialization of a VF, and give the proper
amount of time necessary to recover from most situations. It is possible
that the hardware is actually stuck. For PFs, this is usually fixed by
a datapath reset. Unfortunately the VF cannot request a similar reset
for itself.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When stop_hw() routine fails with FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING, this
indicates that the Tx or Rx queues did not shutdown within the time
limit. Print a more suitable message at the dev_info level instead of
dev_err.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A while ago, an additional check for the switch being ready was added to
reset_hw. A recent refactor accidentally made this check return an error
code on failure which caused fm10k_probe to fail when the switch wasn't
brought up first. The original reasoning for the check was to prevent
additional data path reset when the fabric wasn't ready yet. However,
there isn't a compelling reason to keep the check, as the data path
reset will restore hardware to a known good state. Remove the check and
perform the data path reset regardless of the switch manager state.
An alternative fix is to return FM10K_SUCCESS instead, and bypass the
actual data path reset. This should be fine as we will perform
a reset_hw once the switch is active. However, since data path reset
will reset many parts of the hardware it seems better to just perform
the reset regardless of switch state.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't report FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING when we fail to disable queues
within the timeout. This can occur due to a hardware Tx hang, or when
the switch ethernet fabric is resetting while we are transmitting
traffic. It can sometimes take up to 500ms before the Tx DMA engine
gives up. Instead, just skip the DMA engine check and perform
a data-path reset anyways. Add a statistic counter to keep track of the
number of resets occurring while we have pending DMA on the rings.
In order to prevent having to re-assign err to 0, re-order the
last few items of the reset_hw_pf function so that we don't perform
"return err" at the end.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a data path reset is initiated, write control to the PCIE_GMBX is
yanked from the switch manager. The switch manager writes to this
register to clear mailbox global interrupt bits as part of its mailbox
interrupt handling routine. When the device recovers from the data path
reset and these bits are not cleared, it will prevent future mailbox
global interrupts from being triggered. Upon confirming that the device
has exited from a data path reset, clear these bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also prevent updating stats while the interface is down. If we're
already updating stats, just return doing nothing. When we take the
device down, block stat updates until we come back up. This ensures that
we avoid tearing down rings when we're updating statistics, and prevents
updating statistics until we're up.
We can't re-use the __FM10K_DOWN for this because it wouldn't prevent
multiple threads from accessing statistics. Neither does it prevent the
case where we start updating stats and then start going down in another
thread.
The fm10k_get_stats64 is except from this, because it has a completely
different flow which does not suffer from the same issues as
fm10k_update_stats might.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's currently possible for fm10k_update_stats to be called during the
window when we go down and the rings are removed. This can result in
a null pointer dereference. In fm10k_get_stats64 we work around this by
using ACCESS_ONCE and a null pointer check inside the loop. Use this
same flow in the fm10k_update_stats to avoid the potential null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return early from fm10k_down() when we are already down, since that
means another thread is either already finished or has started going
down, so shouldn't conflict with them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Expose the transmit queue length of each traffic class and the amount of
unicast packets discarded due to insufficient room in the shared buffer.
The first counter allows us to debug user priority to traffic class
mapping, whereas the drop counter is useful when determining shared buffer
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose per-priority bytes / packets / PFC packets counters via ethtool.
These counters are very useful when debugging QoS functionality and
provide a better insight into the device's forwarding plane.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing free_netdev() before return from function
cpmac_probe() in the error handling case.
This patch revert commit 0465be8f4f ("net: cpmac: fix in
releasing resources"), which changed to only free_netdev
while register_netdev failed.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO rather than if(IS_ERR(...)) + PTR_ERR.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/ptr_ret.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ops->reset() error handling case, clk_disable_unprepare() is missed
before return from this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function of_parse_phandle() returns NULL
pointer not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value
check should be replaced with NULL test.
Fixes: 46aa27df88 ('net: axienet: Use devm_* calls')
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A user will now be able to loop packets back out of the same port using
a bpf program attached to xdp hook. Updates to the packet contents from
the bpf program is also supported.
For the packet write feature to work, the rx buffers are now mapped as
bidirectional when the page is allocated. This occurs only when the xdp
hook is active.
When the program returns a TX action, enqueue the packet directly to a
dedicated tx ring, so as to avoid completely any locking. This requires
the tx ring to be allocated 1:1 for each rx ring, as well as the tx
completion running in the same softirq.
Upon tx completion, this dedicated tx ring recycles pages without
unmapping directly back to the original rx ring. In steady state tx/drop
workload, effectively 0 page allocs/frees will occur.
In order to separate out the paths between free and recycle, a
free_tx_desc func pointer is introduced that is optionally updated
whenever recycle_ring is activated. By default the original free
function is always initialized.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for writing the tx descriptor from multiple functions,
create a helper for both normal and blueflame access.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx4 driver by default allocates order-3 pages for the ring to
consume in multiple fragments. When the device has an xdp program, this
behavior will prevent tx actions since the page must be re-mapped in
TODEVICE mode, which cannot be done if the page is still shared.
Start by making the allocator configurable based on whether xdp is
running, such that order-0 pages are always used and never shared.
Since this will stress the page allocator, add a simple page cache to
each rx ring. Pages in the cache are left dma-mapped, and in drop-only
stress tests the page allocator is eliminated from the perf report.
Note that setting an xdp program will now require the rings to be
reconfigured.
Before:
26.91% ksoftirqd/0 [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq
17.88% ksoftirqd/0 [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_alloc_frags
6.00% ksoftirqd/0 [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_free_frag
4.49% ksoftirqd/0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] get_page_from_freelist
3.21% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] intel_idle
2.73% ksoftirqd/0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] bpf_map_lookup_elem
2.57% swapper [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq
After:
31.72% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] intel_idle
8.79% swapper [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq
7.54% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] poll_idle
6.36% swapper [mlx4_core] [k] mlx4_eq_int
4.21% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] tasklet_action
4.03% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] cpuidle_enter_state
3.43% swapper [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_prepare_rx_desc
2.18% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] native_irq_return_iret
1.37% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] menu_select
1.09% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] bpf_map_lookup_elem
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP hook in mlx4 driver.
In tc/socket bpf programs, helpers linearize skb fragments as needed
when the program touches the packet data. However, in the pursuit of
speed, XDP programs will not be allowed to use these slower functions,
especially if it involves allocating an skb.
Therefore, disallow MTU settings that would produce a multi-fragment
packet that XDP programs would fail to access. Future enhancements could
be done to increase the allowable MTU.
The xdp program is present as a per-ring data structure, but as of yet
it is not possible to set at that granularity through any ndo.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bogus PHY interrupts are observed. This masks the PHY interrupt
when the interface works in NCSI mode as there is no attached
PHY under the circumstance.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This matches the driver with devices compatible with "faraday,ftgmac100"
declared in the device tree. Originally, device's name from device
tree for it.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes ftgmac100 driver support NCSI mode. The NCSI is enabled
on the interface if property "use-nc-si" or "use-ncsi" is found from
the device node in device tree.
* No PHY device is used when NCSI mode is enabled.
* The NCSI device (struct ncsi_dev) is created when probing the
device while it's enabled/started when the interface is brought
up.
* Hardware IP checksum dosn't work when NCSI mode is enabled. It
is disabled on enabled NCSI.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device is assigned with random MAC address. It isn't reasonable.
An valid MAC address might have been provided by (uboot) firmware by
device-tree or in chip. It's reasonable to use it to maintain consistency.
This uses the MAC address from device-tree or that in the chip if it's
valid. Otherwise, a random MAC address is given as before.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces two helper functions to create or destroy MDIO
interface. No logical changes introduced except the proper MDIO
names are given when having more than one MDIO bus.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
txr->dev_state was not consistently manipulated with the acquisition of
the per-queue lock, after further inspection the lock does not seem
necessary, either the value is read as BNXT_DEV_STATE_CLOSING or 0.
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1339583)
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the lost of Ethernet port on low memory system,
when driver frees its resources and fails to allocate new resources.
Issue could happen while changing number of channels, rings size or
changing the timestamp configuration.
This fix is necessary because of removing vmap use in the code.
When vmap was in use driver could allocate non-contiguous memory
and make it contiguous with vmap. Now it could fail to allocate
a large chunk of contiguous memory and lose the port.
Current code tries to allocate new resources and then upon success
frees the old resources.
Fixes: 73898db043 ('net/mlx4: Avoid wrong virtual mappings')
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filters cleanup should be done once before destroying net device,
since filters list is contained in the private data.
Fixes: 1eb8c695bd ('net/mlx4_en: Add accelerated RFS support')
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A bridge device in NS2 has the same device ID as the ethernet controller.
Add check to avoid probing the bridge device.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate special vnic for dropping packets not matching the RX filters.
First vnic is for normal RX packets and the driver will drop all
packets on the 2nd vnic.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate napi for special vnic, packets arriving on this
napi will simply be dropped and the buffers will be replenished back
to the HW.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware is unable to drop rx packets not matching the RX filters. To
workaround it, we create a special VNIC and configure the hardware to
direct all packets not matching the filters to it. We then setup the
driver to drop packets received on this VNIC.
This patch creates the infrastructure for this VNIC, reserves a
completion ring, and rx rings. Only shared completion ring mode is
supported. The next 2 patches add a NAPI to handle packets from this
VNIC and the setup of the VNIC.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nitro A0 has a hardware bug in the rx path. The workaround is to create
a special COS context as a path for non-RSS (non-IP) packets. Without this
workaround, the chip may stall when receiving RSS and non-RSS packets.
Add infrastructure to allow 2 contexts (RSS and CoS) per VNIC. Allocate
and configure the CoS context for Nitro A0.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nitro is the embedded version of the ethernet controller in the North
Star 2 SoC. Add basic code to recognize the chip ID and disable
the features (ntuple, TPA, ring and port statistics) not supported on
Nitro A0.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently 'ifconfig' for the Ethernet devices handled by this driver shows
"DMA chan: ff" while the driver doesn't use any DMA channels. Not assigning
a value to 'net_device::dma' causes 'ifconfig' to correctly not report a
DMA channel.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently 'ifconfig' for the Ethernet devices handled by this driver shows
"DMA chan: ff" while the driver doesn't use any DMA channels. Not assigning
a value to 'net_device::dma' causes 'ifconfig' to correctly not report a
DMA channel.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 'cpmac_open', 'dma_alloc_coherent' has been used to allocate some
resources, so we need to free them using 'dma_free_coherent' instead
of 'kfree'.
Also, we don't need to free these resources if the allocation has failed.
So I have slighly modified the goto label in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
There was a check on CAP_NET_ADMIN in bfin_mac_ethtool_setsettings,
but this check is already done in dev_ethtool, so no need to repeat
it before calling the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
lp->txtimeout_reinit is involved in reinitialization if a TX timeout
occurs, which is necessary to guarantee forward progress in packet
processing. As a network device can be used during memory reclaim, the
workqueue needs forward progress guarantee under memory pressure.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to ensure this.
Since there is only a single work item, explicit concurrency limit is
unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The label lio_xmit_failed is used 3 times through liquidio_xmit() but it
always makes a call to dma_unmap_single() using potentially
uninitialized variables from "ndata" variable. Out of the 3 gotos, 2 run
after ndata has been initialized, and had a prior dma_map_single() call.
Fix this by adding a new error label: lio_xmit_dma_failed which does
this dma_unmap_single() and then processed with the lio_xmit_failed
fallthrough.
Fixes: f21fb3ed36 ("Add support of Cavium Liquidio ethernet adapters")
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1309740)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case nb8800_receive() fails to allocate a fragment, we would leak the
SKB freshly allocated and just return, instead, free it.
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1341750)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be using a logical check here instead of a bitwise operation
to check if the device is closed already in et131x_tx_timeout().
Reported-by: coverity (CID 146498)
Fixes: 38df6492eb ("et131x: Add PCIe gigabit ethernet driver et131x to drivers/net")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Hisilicon Fast Ethernet MAC(FEMAC) driver.
The FEMAC supports max speed 100Mbps and has been used in many
Hisilicon SoC.
Signed-off-by: Dongpo Li <lidongpo@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiancheng Xue <xuejiancheng@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TI_CPSW_PHY_SEL depended on TI_CPSW and was selected by the latter. So
there is no reason to have this symbol visible.
A further optimisation would be to put the code for both symbols into a
single module which would allow to not export at least cpsw_phy_sel()
and simplify the module load process.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
There was a check on CAP_NET_ADMIN in cpmac_set_settings, but this
check is already done in dev_ethtool, so no need to repeat it before
calling the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
There was a check on CAP_NET_ADMIN in au1000_set_settings, but this
check is already done in dev_ethtool, so no need to repeat it before
calling the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing is decrementing the index "i" while we are cleaning up the
fragments we could not successful transmit.
Fixes: 9cde94506e ("bgmac: implement scatter/gather support")
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1352048)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets entering the switch are mapped to a Switch Priority (SP)
according to their PCP value (untagged frames are mapped to SP 0).
The packets are classified to a priority group (PG) buffer in the port's
headroom according to their SP.
The switch maintains another mapping (SP to IEEE priority), which is
used to generate PFC frames for lossless PGs. This mapping is
initialized to IEEE = SP % 8.
Therefore, when mapping SP 'x' to PG 'y' we create a situation in which
an IEEE priority is mapped to two different PGs:
IEEE 'x' ---> SP 'x' ---> PG 'y'
IEEE 'x' ---> SP 'x + 8' ---> PG '0' (default)
Which is invalid, as a flow can use only one PG buffer.
Fix this by mapping both SP 'x' and 'x + 8' to the same PG buffer.
Fixes: 8e8dfe9fdf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of supported traffic classes that can have ETS and PFC
simultaneously enabled is not subject to user configuration, so make
sure we always initialize them to the correct values following a set
operation.
Fixes: 8e8dfe9fdf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS support")
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't have PAUSE frames and PFC both enabled on the same port, but
the fact that ieee_setpfc() was called doesn't necessarily mean PFC is
enabled.
Only emit errors when PAUSE frames and PFC are enabled simultaneously.
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device supports link autonegotiation, so let the user know about it
by indicating support via ethtool ops.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting a new speed we need to disable and enable the port for the
changes to take effect. We currently only do that if the operational
state of the port is up. However, setting a new speed following link
training failure will require us to explicitly set the port down and then
up.
Instead, disable and enable the port based on its administrative state.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the q_vector initialization routine sets the affinity_mask
of a q_vector based on v_idx value. Meaning a loop iterates on v_idx,
which is an incremental value, and the cpumask is created based on
this value.
This is a problem in systems with multiple logical CPUs per core (like in
SMT scenarios). If we disable some logical CPUs, by turning SMT off for
example, we will end up with a sparse cpu_online_mask, i.e., only the first
CPU in a core is online, and incremental filling in q_vector cpumask might
lead to multiple offline CPUs being assigned to q_vectors.
Example: if we have a system with 8 cores each one containing 8 logical
CPUs (SMT == 8 in this case), we have 64 CPUs in total. But if SMT is
disabled, only the 1st CPU in each core remains online, so the
cpu_online_mask in this case would have only 8 bits set, in a sparse way.
In general case, when SMT is off the cpu_online_mask has only C bits set:
0, 1*N, 2*N, ..., C*(N-1) where
C == # of cores;
N == # of logical CPUs per core.
In our example, only bits 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 would be set.
This patch changes the way q_vector's affinity_mask is created: it iterates
on v_idx, but consumes the CPU index from the cpu_online_mask instead of
just using the v_idx incremental value.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the function ixgbe_poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.
Fix this returning the actual work done, capped to weight - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the napi status
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch sets VSI broadcast promiscuous mode during VSI add sequence
and prevents adding MAC filter if specified MAC address is broadcast.
Change-ID: Ia62251fca095bc449d0497fc44bec3a5a0136773
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are a couple of issues I found in i40e_rx_checksum while doing some
recent testing. As a result I have found the Rx checksum logic is pretty
much broken and returning that the checksum is valid for tunnels in cases
where it is not.
First the inner types are not the correct values to use to test for if a
tunnel is present or not. In addition the inner protocol types are not a
bitmask as such performing an OR of the values doesn't make sense. I have
instead changed the code so that the inner protocol types are used to
determine if we report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY or not. For anything that does
not end in UDP, TCP, or SCTP it doesn't make much sense to report a
checksum offload since it won't contain a checksum anyway.
This leaves us with the need to set the csum_level based on some value.
For that purpose I am using the tunnel_type field. If the tunnel type is
GRENAT or greater then this means we have a GRE or UDP tunnel with an inner
header. In the case of GRE or UDP we will have a possible checksum present
so for this reason it should be safe to set the csum_level to 1 to indicate
that we are reporting the state of the inner header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'vr' should be a valid pointer here, so returning 'PTR_ERR(vr)' is wrong.
Return an explicit error code (-ENOENT) instead.
Fixes: 61c503f976 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement fib4 add/del switchdev obj ops")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF representors support only TC filter/action offloads
(not mqprio) and this is enabled for them by default.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the TC offload code such that when the eswitch exists and it's
mode being SRIOV offloads, we do TC actions parsing and setup targeted
for eswitch. Next, we add the offloaded flow to the HW e-switch (fdb).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the setup code that parses the TC actions needed to support offloading drop
and mirred/redirect for SRIOV e-switch. We can redirect between two devices if
they belong to the same HW switch, compare the switchdev HW ID attribute to
enforce that.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Towards reusing the TC offloads code for an SRIOV use-case, change some of the
helper functions to have _nic in their names so it's clear what's NIC unique
and what's general. Also group together the NIC related helpers so we can easily
branch per the use-case in downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows for upper levels in the driver, e.g the TC offload code to add
e-switch offloaded steering rules. The caller provides the rule spec for
matching, action, source and destination vports.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the offloads mode, some slow path rules are added by the driver (e.g
send-to-vport), while offloaded rules are to be added from upper layers.
The slow path rules have lower priority and we don't want matching on
offloaded rules to suffer from extra steering hops related to the slow
path rules.
We use two priorities, one for offloaded rules (fast path), and one for
the control rules (slow path). To allow for that, we enable two priorities
for the FDB namespace in the FS core code.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currenly, the code that programs the flow actions into the firmware
doesn't check if was actually asked to offload the statistics, fix that.
Fixes: aad7e08d39 ('net/mlx5e: Hardware offloaded flower filter statistics support')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit utilize the ability of ConnectX-4 to bulk read flow counters.
Few bulk counter queries could be done instead of issuing thousands of
firmware commands per second to get statistics of all flows set to HW,
such as those programmed when we offload tc filters.
Counters are stored sorted by hardware id, and queried in blocks (id +
number of counters).
Due to hardware requirement, start of block and number of counters in a
block must be four aligned.
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to use bulk counters, we need to have counters sorted by id.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add inline function that checks if there is a pending tx packet.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start all tx queues (including inactive ones) when opening the netdev.
Stop all tx queues (including inactive ones) when closing the netdev.
This is a workaround for the tx timeout watchdog false alarm issue in
which the netdev watchdog is polling all the tx queues which may include
inactive queues and thus once lowering the real tx queues number
(ethtool -L) it will generate tx timeout watchdog false alarms.
Fixes: 3947ca1859 ('net/mlx5e: Implement ndo_tx_timeout callback')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change netif_tx_queue_stopped to netif_xmit_stopped. This will show
when queues are stopped due to byte queue limits.
Fixes: 3947ca1859 ('net/mlx5e: Implement ndo_tx_timeout callback')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even though the hardware can be doing zero padding, we want the SKB to
be going out on the wire with the appropriate size. This fixes packet
truncations observed with e.g: ARP packets.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case any operation fails before we can successfully go the point
where we would register a MDIO bus, we would be going to an error label
which involves unregistering then freeing this yet to be created MDIO
bus. Update all error paths to go to label free which is the only one
valid until either the clock is enabled, or the MDIO bus is allocated
and registered. This fixes kernel oops observed while trying to
dereference the MDIO bus structure which is not yet allocated.
Fixes: a170285772 ("net: Add support for the OpenCores 10/100 Mbps Ethernet MAC.")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trace EMAD messages going down to HW and up from HW. Devlink needs to be
registered before EMAD init so the trace function can be called
with valid devlink handle.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v1->v2:
- Use trace_devlink_hwmsg directly
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During commit b54b8c2d6e
("net: ezchip: adapt driver to little endian architecture")
adapting to little endian architecture,
zeroing of controller was left out.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing clk_disable_unprepare() call before return
from dwceqos_probe() in the error handling case of invalid
fixed-link.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:79:5: warning:
symbol '_mtk_mdio_write' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:98:5: warning:
symbol '_mtk_mdio_read' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTR_ERR should access the value just tested by IS_ERR, otherwise
the wrong error code will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should be
replaced with IS_ERR().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
idx can be returned as -ENOSPC, so we should check for this first
before using it as an index into nn->vxlan_usecnt[] to avoid an
out of bounds array offset read.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable lan91x adapters in some ARM machines and models
when booted with an ACPI kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some comments weren't updated to reflect the renaming of ndo's and the
change of arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4386f5662e ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet: use
phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings")
This patch is wrong, the function phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
don't check if the device is running, but the driver bcmgenet need this
check.
The function {get|set}_settings need to access the mdio bus, and this
bus may only be used when the device is running. Otherwise, the clock
is disable and a mdio access will fail.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rc is not initialized so it can contain garbage if it is not
set by the call to bnxt_read_sfp_module_eeprom_info. Ensure
garbage is not returned by initializing rc to 0.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for TSE PCS that uses SGMII adapter when the phy-mode of
the dwmac is set to sgmii.
Signed-off-by: Tien Hock Loh <thloh@altera.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bcma portion of the driver has been split off into a bcma specific
driver. This has been mirrored for the platform driver. The last
references to the bcma core struct have been changed into a generic
function call. These function calls are wrappers to either the original
bcma code or new platform functions that access the same areas via MMIO.
This necessitated adding function pointers for both platform and bcma to
hide which backend is being used from the generic bgmac code.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bgmac driver is using the bcma provides device ID and revision, as
well as the SoC ID and package, to determine which features are
necessary to enable, reset, etc in the driver. In anticipation of
removing the bcma requirement for this driver, these must be changed to
not reference that struct. In place of that, each "feature" has been
given a flag, and the flags are enabled for their respective device and
SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the BCMA MDIO phy into a separate file, as it is very tightly
coupled with the BCMA bus. This will help with the upcoming BCMA
removal from the bgmac driver. Optimally, this should be moved into
phy drivers, but it is too tightly coupled with the bgmac driver to
effectively move it without more changes to the driver.
Note: the phy_reset was intentionally removed, as the mdio phy subsystem
automatically resets the phy if a reset function pointer is present. In
addition to the moving of the driver, this reset function is added.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma buffer allocation, etc references a dma_dev device pointer from
the bcma core. In anticipation of removing the bcma requirement for
this driver, these must be changed to not reference that struct. Add a
dma_dev device pointer to the bgmac stuct and reference that instead.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bgmac_* print wrappers call dev_* prints with the dev pointer from
the bcma core. In anticipation of removing the bcma requirement for
this driver, these must be changed to not reference that struct. So,
simply change all of the bgmac_* prints to their dev_* counterparts. In
some cases netdev_* prints are more appropriate, so change those as
well.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases, if there is no VNIC server available during the driver
probe, the driver should wait until it receives an initialization
request from the VNIC Server to start the login process. Recent testing
has show that this is incorrectly handled in the current driver.
The proposed solution handles this initialization request by scheduling
a task in the shared workqueue that completes the login process and
registers the net device.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a function that handles sub-CRQ IRQ creation
separately from sub-CRQ initialization. Another function is then needed
to release sub-CRQ resources prior to sub-CRQ IRQ creation.
These additions allow the driver probe function to be simplified,
specifically during the VNIC Server login process. A timeout is also
included while waiting for completion of the login process in case
the VNIC Server is not available or some other error occurs.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IRQ mappings were not being properly disposed when releasing sub-CRQ's.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ibmvnic uses multiple tx queues, start and stop all queues when
opening and closing devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code generates as static checker warning because htons(ETH_P_IPV6)
is always true. From the context it looks like the && was intended to
be !=.
Fixes: 94758f8de0 ('bnxt_en: Add GRO logic for BCM5731X chips.')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit aebea2ba0f ("net: mvneta: fix Tx interrupt delay") intended to
set coalescing threshold to a value guaranteeing interrupt generation
per each sent packet, so that buffers can be released with no delay.
In fact setting threshold to '1' was wrong, because it causes interrupt
every two packets. According to the documentation a reason behind it is
following - interrupt occurs once sent buffers counter reaches a value,
which is higher than one specified in MVNETA_TXQ_SIZE_REG(q). This
behavior was confirmed during tests. Also when testing the SoC working
as a NAS device, better performance was observed with int-per-packet,
as it strongly depends on the fact that all transmitted packets are
released immediately.
This commit enables NETA controller work in interrupt per sent packet mode
by setting coalescing threshold to 0.
Signed-off-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.10+
Fixes aebea2ba0f ("net: mvneta: fix Tx interrupt delay")
Acked-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pinned timers must carry the pinned attribute in the timer structure
itself, so convert the code to the new API.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160704094341.376394205@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Remove .owner field since calls to module_platform_driver() will
set it automatically.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- A patch series including both cpuidle and FEC driver changes to
disable deeper idle states when FEC is active while board level
workaround for ERR006687 is not available
- A number patches to fix sparse warnings and spell errors
- A fix for TZIC FIQ translation from VIRQ to HWIRQ
- Support compatible of i.MX7 Solo SoC which has a subset of i.MX7 Dual
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXcmFTAAoJEFBXWFqHsHzOxXoH/A5B4yRv82dM9L6KcCYqxc8B
UL8Rt11mMsezj/mSoikPjdDV7rKRcbSyY7ujUs0g9jhdKzl2sCCu9rXtYN+oeDpH
iJrndyQ8+Y0UDitmvZGwyW5HImUKuoMvFjJpg7D3WGs/2wACj9TVrrNl+AWawZXR
B+mNO6vT3MEnflzFKkcZmYhwtMXPmaGDc732pS6sgqBLjAJp8X37wWoWJ2lVG9zf
8fjEfUcB3jqWFr6YYJk/adWEjFwRBQ1QayY994Cxeym9kSo3BXfDJ3wcnG1sdOvF
jsM0fsV75gMQNCy8VqiHTNhLk5DGM5PYKQLrQ8r0yoAwvXLLAbu+gPXJSWrACig=
=yWZX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'imx-soc-4.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shawnguo/linux into next/soc
The i.MX SoC changes for 4.8:
- A patch series including both cpuidle and FEC driver changes to
disable deeper idle states when FEC is active while board level
workaround for ERR006687 is not available
- A number patches to fix sparse warnings and spell errors
- A fix for TZIC FIQ translation from VIRQ to HWIRQ
- Support compatible of i.MX7 Solo SoC which has a subset of i.MX7 Dual
* tag 'imx-soc-4.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shawnguo/linux:
ARM: imx: add support for i.MX 7Solo
ARM: i.MX: Disable supervisor protect for i.MX51
ARM: imx6: fix missing <soc/imx/cpuidle.h> in cpuidle-imx6q.c
ARM: i.MX: Fix FIQ interrupt handling for TZIC
ARM: imx6: fix static declaration in include/soc/imx/cpuidle.h
ARM: imx6q: export cpuidle functions needed by fec driver
ARM: imx: fix missing include of common.h
ARM: imx: fix missing includes
ARM: imx6: disable deeper idle states when FEC is active w/o HW workaround
ARM: mach-imx6q: fix spelling mistake in error message
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Change t4fw_version.h to update latest firmware version number
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GCC complains on unused-but-set-variable, clean this up.
Fixes: 23898c763f ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Modify node guid on vf set MAC')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, the driver sends arp probes for all unresolved neighbours that are
currently a nexthop for some route on the system. The job is set
periodically every 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For nexthop neighbours we need to make kernel to think there is a traffic
flowing to them preventing it from going to stale state. Otherwise
kernel would stale it and eventually the neigh would be removed from HW
and nexthop as well. That would reduce ECMP group in HW.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement next-hop routing offload including ECMP. To make it possible,
introduce next-hop group entity. This entity keeps track of resolved
neighbours and updates HW adjacency table accordingly. Note that HW
next-hops are stored in this adjacency table, in form of MAC.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RALEU register is used to mass update remote action adjacency index
and ecmp size.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RATR register is used to configure the Router Adjacency (next-hop)
Table.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a very simple manager for KVD linear area. Currently, the
allocator will either allocate a single entry from pre-defined sub-area,
or in case more than one entry is needed, it will allocate 32-entry chunk
in other pre-defined sub-area.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Override the defaults and define the area sizes ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we only used hash-based tables in the device, but we are
going to use the linear table for remote routes adjacency lists.
Add the configuration fields that control the size of the linear table.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Listen to any NEIGH_UPDATE events sent and program the device
accordingly. If NUD state is VALID and neighbour isn't yet offloaded,
then program it into the device's table. Otherwise, just edit its
parameters.
If NUD state machine transitioned neighbour out of VALID state and it's
present in the device's table, then remove it.
Note that the device is programmed in delayed work, as the netevent
notification chain is atomic and prevents us from going to sleep.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, the driver should periodically poll the device
for neighbours activity according to the configured DELAY_PROBE_TIME.
This will prevent active neighbours from staying in STALE state for long
periods of time.
During init configure the polling interval according to the
DELAY_PROBE_TIME used in the default table. In addition, register a
netevent notification block, so that the interval is updated whenever
DELAY_PROBE_TIME changes.
Using the computed interval schedule a delayed work, which will update
the kernel via neigh_event_send() on any active neighbour since the last
delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RAUHTD register allows dumping entries from the Router Unicast Host
Table.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RAUHT register is used to configure and query the Unicast Host Table
in devices that implement the Algorithmic LPM. In other words, it is
used to configure neighbour entries in the device.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to hold some private data for every neigh entry. It would be
possible to do it using neigh_priv_len/ndo_neigh_construct/
ndo_neigh_destroy however only for the port device itself. That would not
work for stacked devices like bridge/team/bond. So introduce a private
neigh table. Hook onto ndos neigh_construct/destroy and add/remove
table entry according to that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the following patch will allow upper devices to follow the call down
lower devices, we need to add dev here and not rely on n->dev.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump version to 0.28 and date to 4th of July 2016.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update my email address in the driver and MAINTAINERS file.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We maintain how much work we did in NAPI context, so provide that with
napi_complete_done().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are already in hard IRQ context, so we can use
__napi_schedule_irqoff() to save a few operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kick the transmission only if this is the last SKB to transmit or the
queue is not already stopped.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of taking one interrupt per packet transmitted, re-use the same
NAPI context to free transmitted buffers. Since we are no longer in hard
IRQ context replace dev_kfree_skb_irq() by dev_kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pad the SKB to the minimum length of ETH_ZLEN by using skb_put_padto()
and take this operation out of the critical section since there is no
need to check any HW resources before doing that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
r6040_xmit() is increasing transmit statistics during transmission while
this may still fail, do this in r6040_tx() where we complete transmitted
buffers instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of open coding our own version utilize the library provided
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like per prio counters, the global flow counters are queried from
per priority counters register.
Global flow control counters are stored in priority 0 PFC counters.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the needed descriptors to expose RoCE RDMA counters.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the existing get_rxnfc callback:
1. Get flow rule of specific ID.
2. Get all flow rules.
3. Get number of rules.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to add flow steering rules with ethtool
of L3/L4 flow types (ip4/tcp4/udp4).
Those rules will be in higher priority than l2 flow rules, in order
to prefer more specific rules.
Mask is not supported for l3/l4 flow types.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement etrhtool set_rxnfc callback to support ethtool flow spec
direct steering. This patch adds only the support of ether flow type
spec. L3/L4 flow specs support will be added in downstream patches.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of explicitly cleaning up the well known parts of the steering
tree, we use the generic tree structure to traverse for cleanup.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having all steering private name spaces and
steering module fields flat in mlx5_core_priv, we wrap
them in mlx5_flow_steering for better modularity and
API exposure.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the set of arguments passed to mlx5_add_flow_rule
by introducing flow_spec structure.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8067302973 ("net-next: mediatek: add support for IRQ grouping")
adds handling for irq 1 and 2 to the uninit function but did not remove
irq 0 which is not used since irq grouping was introduced. Fix this by
removing the superfluous call to free_irq().
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit f786f3564c ("net: ethernet: lpc_eth: use phydev
from struct net_device") the 'pldat' variable became unused, so
just remove it.
Reported-by: Olof's autobuilder <build@lixom.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As with the previously introduced L3 interfaces, listen to 'inetaddr'
notifications sent for bridges devices configured on top of the port
netdevs and create / destroy router interfaces (RIFs) accordingly.
This also includes VLAN devices configured on top of the VLAN-aware
bridge.
The RIFs will be destroyed either when the last IP address is removed or
when the underlying FID is is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before introducing support for L3 interfaces on top of the VLAN-aware
bridge we need to add some missing infrastructure.
Such an interface can either be the bridge device itself or a VLAN
device on top of it. In the first case the router interface (RIF) is
associated with FID 1, which is created whenever the first port netdev
joins the bridge. We currently assume the default PVID is 1 and that
it's already created, as it seems reasonable. This can be extended in
the future.
However, in the second case it's entirely possible we've yet to create a
matching FID. This can happen if the VLAN device was configured before
making any bridge port member in the VLAN.
Prevent such ordering problems by using the VLAN device's CHANGEUPPER
event to configure the FID. Make the VLAN device hold a reference to the
FID and prevent it from being destroyed even if none of the port netdevs
is using it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous commit deprecated the vFIDs used to get traffic to the CPU
('port_vfids'). Thus, we now use the vFIDs as god intended and the
artificial split is no longer needed.
Rename functions and variables to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we only supported bridged interfaces. Packets ingressing
through the switch ports were either classified to FIDs (in the case of
the VLAN-aware bridge) or vFIDs (in the case of VLAN-unaware bridges).
The packets were then forwarded according to the FDB. Routing was done
entirely in slowpath, by splitting the vFID range in two and using the
lower 0.5K vFIDs as dummy bridges that simply flooded all incoming
traffic to the CPU.
Instead, allow packets to be routed in the device by creating router
interfaces (RIFs) that will direct them to the router block.
Specifically, the RIFs introduced here are Sub-port RIFs used for VLAN
devices and port netdevs. Packets ingressing from the {Port / LAG ID, VID}
with which the RIF was programmed with will be assigned to a special
kind of FIDs called rFIDs and from there directed to the router.
Create a RIF whenever the first IPv4 address was programmed on a VLAN /
LAG / port netdev. Destroy it upon removal of the last IPv4 address.
Receive these notifications by registering for the 'inetaddr'
notification chain. A non-zero (10) priority is used for the
notification block, so that RIFs will be created before routes are
offloaded via FIB code.
Note that another trigger for RIF destruction are CHANGEUPPER
notifications causing the underlying FID's reference count to go down to
zero. This can happen, for example, when a VLAN netdev with an IP address
is put under bridge. While this configuration doesn't make sense it does
cause the device and the kernel to get out of sync when the netdev is
unbridged. We intend to address this in the future, hopefully in current
cycle.
Finally, Remove the lower 0.5K vFIDs, as they are deprecated by the RIFs,
which will trap packets according to their DIP.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are just about to introduce router interfaces (RIFs), but before that
we need to be able update the device with the correct RIF attributes
whenever they change for the netdev the RIF is backing. Two such
attributes are MTU and MAC.
The MAC is used both to set the source MAC of packets egressing from the
RIF and also to program an FDB rule that will direct packets to the
router block.
Use the existing netdevice notification block and respond to CHANGEADDR
and CHANGEMTU accordingly. Store both attributes in the RIF struct
in case we need to revert to old attributes following a failed update.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions that iterate over lower devices and find port device.
As a dependency add netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev and
netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev_rcu macro with
netdev_all_lower_get_next and netdev_all_lower_get_next_rcu shelpers.
Also, add functions to return mlxsw struct according to lower device
found and mlxsw_port struct with a reference to lower device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ipv4 FIB entries addition and removal. Initially, we support
local and broadcast routes using "ip2me" trap action.
Also, unicast routes without nexthop are supported using "local" action.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Serves for adding, updating and removing fib entries.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual router is a construct used inside HW. In this implementation
we map kernel tables to virtual routers one to one. Introduce management
logic to create virtual routers when needed and destroy in case they are
no longer in use. According to that, call into LPM tree management.
Each virtual router is always bound to one LPM tree.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce basic LPM tree management allowing to share the trees in
between tables if the used prefixes in the tables are the same.
Build the tree structure according to the used prefixes. Although it is
not optimal for many use cases, this initial implementation does only
simple linear left-tree. More advanced structures will be introduced
later on, possibly including mechanisms to change trees on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register is used to bind virtual router and protocol to an
allocated LPM tree.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Serves to build LPM tree structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register serves for allocation and deallocation of LPM search tree.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shadow FIB is needed in order to hold additional information for FIB
entries and keep track of used prefixes. That is needed for the LPM tree
construction to be introduced later on in this set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit a788a4a040.
This patch is wrong, the type returned doesn't fit
what the error pointer macros expect.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is likely that checking 'fman->fifo_offset' instead of
'fman->cam_offset' is expected here.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes response header to be able to communicate
with new firmware interface.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes redundant file includes and conditions.
Provides some meaningful comments and code alignment.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes redudant droq num validation.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch limits the MTU between 68 bytes and 16000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the issue of proper freeing of queue
memory resources during free device. It also has fix for
correct pcie error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the dependency of number of iq/oq's on
number of cpus.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the delay constant for softcommands in
accrodance with new requirements.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to protect against bh preemption with
sc_buf_pool. It also modifies the syncronization primitives
during input queue processing.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has minor replacements of ACCESS_ONCE macros with
WRITE_ONCE and replacement of BUG_ON with polite version WARN_ON.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Vxaln offloads in liquidio driver.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Silent a few smatch warnings about indentation.
This include the removal of a 'return' statement in 'resource_tracker.c'.
This 'return' will still be performed when breaking out of the
corresponding 'switch' block.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8067302973 ("net-next: mediatek: add support for IRQ grouping")
failed to properly update the irq handling inside mtk_poll_controller()
causing compile errors if netconsole was enabled. Fix this by updating
the code to use the new separated irq handler function for RX.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip2me:
To instruct HW to send trapped ip2me traffic to kernel, we have to add
this trap. Selection ip2me traffic is introduced later on in this set.
ARPs:
We are going to stop flooding to CPU port when netdev isn't bridged and
only get packets destined to the netdev's IP address and certain control
packets.
Add traps for ARP request (broadcast) and response (unicast) in order to
get these to the CPU and resolve neighbours.
host miss:
If a packet is routed through a directly connected route and its
destination IP is not in the device's neighbour table, then we need to
trap it to CPU. This will cause the host to resolve the MAC of the
neighbour, which will be eventually programmed to the device's table.
router ingress:
In order to trap packets in router part.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing packet traps we should use action 'discard' instead of
'forward', as some trap IDs we'll add cannot be configured with the
later. However, result is the same, as packets are not trapped to the
CPU.
In the future we will be able to reverse the operation properly by
detaching the trap group from the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the Router Interface Table Register (RITR), which allows us to
create and configure router interfaces (RIFs).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incoming packets are directed to the router when they match an FDB
entry with action forward to IP router.
Add this action, which was mistakenly named "TRAP".
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enabling the router in the device we will represent L3 netdevs
using router interfaces (RIFs). These will be specified whenever
programming routes or neighbours on the netdev.
Introduce the basic RIF infrastructure which allows one to lookup a RIF
by its netdev. Later patches in the series will extend this, but the
basic routines are needed now in order to direct traffic to CPU.
Pointers to the RIF structs are stored in an array indexed by the RIF's
number. This will allow us to efficiently update the kernel's neighbour
table when regularly dumping the device's table.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a skeleton router file and do basic HW initialization of router.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During ports initialization a net device is registered for each
available port, which implies the port is usable. However, a port is
only usable after the different parts of the device (e.g. flooding,
buffers) are initialized. This is especially important now, when we must
initialize the router before the ports, as otherwise the device can't be
initialized.
Solve that by initializing the switch ports at the end of init sequence.
Also, remove an unnecessary warning about port up/down events, which
would otherwise be invoked whenever removing the driver, as ports are
removed before unregistering the listener for these events.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the Router General Configuration Register (RGCR), which allows us to
enable the router in the device and configure its various parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to assign router interfaces (RIFs) to netdevs if an IPv4
address was assigned to them. If one was assigned to a port netdev, this
will translate to the PVID vPort being member in a RIF.
While it's possible for a LAG slave to have an IP address, we can't have
a vPort being member in two FIDs (assuming the LAG device will be
put in bridge / assigned an IP address).
Solve that by making the PVID vPort leave any FID it might be a member
in when joining / leaving LAG.
Note that the PVID vPort is the only vPort that can be present on the
port when it's put under LAG.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When VLAN devices are created on top of LAG, their underlying vPorts are
configured correctly with LAG membership.
However, the PVID vPort is implicit and already present when the port
netdev is put under LAG, so its LAG membership is never set. Set it
correctly when joining / leaving LAG.
This didn't matter until now, but we are going to introduce support for
router interfaces (RIFs), which need to take into account LAG membership.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When port isn't bridged it is still possible to invoke switchdev ops and
configure the device's VLAN filters.
However, this will require us to use different Router InterFaces (RIFs)
for the same netdev, instead of one per-netdev as with any other
configuration.
Taking the above into account and the fact that this functionality is
questionable with regards to the device's normal use-case, remove it and
instead return an error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port netdevs (e.g. swXpY) that are not bridged are represented in the
device using a vPort with VID=PVID=1 (the PVID vPort), as untagged
packets entering the switch are internally tagged with the PVID VLAN.
When these packets are routed through a different port netdev they
should egress untagged.
This wasn't a problem until now, as non-bridged traffic only originated
from the CPU, which transmits packets out of the port as-is.
When a vPort is created with VID 1 mark it as egress untagged.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allowable range is 0.25 seconds to 1 second interval. Default is
1 second.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for multi-function devices.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a default VLAN, the VF has its own VLAN domain and it can receive
all traffic within that domain.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For correctness, the MRU enables bit must be set when passing the
MRU to firmware during vnic configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to the Ethtool FLASHDEV command handler for additional
firmware types to cover all the on-chip processors.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <rob.swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon successful mgmt processor firmware update, request a self
reset upon next PCIe reset (e.g. system reboot).
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <rob.swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support Secure Firmware Update, we must be able to allocate
a staging area in the Flash. This patch adds support for the
"update" type to tell firmware to do that.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <rob.swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling the firmware to do function reset on the PF will kill all the VFs.
To prevent that, we call function reset on the 1st PF open before any VF
can be activated. On subsequent PF opens (with possibly some active VFs),
a bit has been set and we'll skip the function reset. VF driver will
always do function reset on every open. If there is an AER event, we will
always do function reset.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadocm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returning 0 for doing nothing is confusing to the user.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt worker code for the enc28j60 relies only on the TXIF flag to
determinate if the packet transmission was completed. However the datasheet
specifies in section 12.1.3 that TXERIF will clear the TXRTS after a
transmit abort. Also in section 12.1.4 that TXIF will be set
when TXRTS transitions from '1' to '0'. Therefore the TXIF flag is enabled
during transmission errors.
This causes a race condition, since the worker code will invoke
enc28j60_tx_clear() -> netif_wake_queue(), potentially invoking the
ndo_start_xmit function to send a new packet. The enc28j60_send_packet function
uses a workqueue that invokes enc28j60_hw_tx(). In between this function is
called, the worker from the interrupt handler will enter the path for error
handler because of the TXERIF flag, causing to invoke enc28j60_tx_clear() again
and releasing the packet scheduled for transmission, causing a kernel crash with
due a NULL pointer.
These crashes due a NULL pointer were observed under stress conditions of the
device. A BUG_ON() sequence was used to validate the issue was fixed, and has
been running without problems for 2 years now.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dompe <dompe@hpe.com>
Acked-by: Sergio Valverde <sergio.valverde@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the relevant profile functions to create mlx5e driver instance
serving as VF representor. When SRIOV offloads mode is enabled, each VF
will have a representor netdevice instance on the host.
To do that, we also export set of shared service functions from en_main.c,
such that they can be used by both NIC and repsresentors netdevs.
The newly created representor netdevice has a basic set of net_device_ops
which are the same ndo functions as the NIC netdevice and an ndo of it's
own for phys port name.
The profiling infrastructure allow sharing code between the NIC and the
vport representor even though the representor has only a subset of the
NIC functionality.
The VF reps and the PF which is used in that mode to represent the uplink,
expose switchdev ops. Currently the only op supposed is attr get for the
port parent ID which here serves to identify net-devices belonging to the
same HW E-Switch. Other than that, no offloading is implemented and hence
switching functionality is achieved if one sets SW switching rules, e.g
using tc, bridge or ovs.
Port phys name (ndo_get_phys_port_name) is implemented to allow exporting
to user-space the VF vport number and along with the switchdev port parent
id (phys_switch_id) enable a udev base consistent naming scheme:
SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}=="<phys_switch_id>", \
ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="$PF_NIC$attr{phys_port_name}"
where phys_switch_id is exposed by the PF (and VF reps) and $PF_NIC is
the name of the PF netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce E-Switch registration/unregister representors functions.
Those functions are called by the mlx5e driver when the PF NIC is
created upon pci probe action regardless of the E-Switch mode (NONE,
LEGACY or OFFLOADS).
Adding basic E-Switch database that will hold the vport represntors
upon creation.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow support in representor netdevices where we create more than one
netdevice per NIC, add profiles to the mlx5e driver. The profiling
allows for creation of mlx5e instances with different characteristics.
Each profile implements its own behavior using set of function pointers
defined in struct mlx5e_profile. This is done to allow for avoiding complex
per profix branching in the code.
Currently only the profile for the conventional NIC is implemented,
which is of use when a netdev is created upon pci probe.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current driver implementation two types of receive queue
tables (RQTs) are in use - direct and indirect.
Change the driver to mark each new created RQT (direct or indirect)
as "enabled". This behaviour is needed for introducing new mlx5e
instances which serve to represent SRIOV VFs.
The VF representors will have only one type of RQTs (direct).
An "enabled" flag is added to each RQT to allow better handling
and code sharing between the representors and the nic netdevices.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current refresh tirs self loopback mechanism, refreshes all the tirs
belonging to the same mlx5e instance to prevent self loopback by packets
sent over any ring of that instance. This mechanism relies on all the
tirs/tises of an instance to be created with the same transport domain
number (tdn).
Change the driver to refresh all the tirs created under the same tdn
regardless of which mlx5e netdev instance they belong to.
This behaviour is needed for introducing new mlx5e instances which serve
to represent SRIOV VFs. The representors and the PF share vport used for
E-Switch management, and we want to avoid NIC level HW loopback between
them, e.g when sending broadcast packets. To achieve that, both the
representors and the PF NIC will share the tdn.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow creating more than one netdev over the same PCI function, we
change the driver such that global NIC resources are created once and
later be shared amongst all the mlx5e netdevs running over that port.
Move the CQ UAR, PD (pdn), Transport Domain (tdn), MKey resources from
being kept in the mlx5e priv part to a new resources structure
(mlx5e_resources) placed under the mlx5_core device.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement handlers for the devlink commands to get and set the SRIOV
E-Switch mode.
When turning to the switchdev/offloads mode, we disable the e-switch
and enable it again in the new mode, create the NIC offloads table
and create VF reps.
When turning to legacy mode, we remove the VF reps and the offloads
table, and re-initiate the e-switch in it's legacy mode.
The actual creation/removal of the VF reps is done in downstream patches.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink interface is initially used to set/get the mode of the SRIOV e-switch.
Currently, these are only stubs for get/set, down-stream patch will actually
fill them out.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the API to create vport rx rules of the form
packet meta-data :: vport == $VPORT --> $TIR
where the TIR is opened by this VF representor.
This logic will by used for packets that didn't match any rule in the
e-switch datapath and should be received into the host OS through the
netdevice that represents the VF they were sent from.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Belongs to the NIC offloads name-space, and to be used as part of the
SRIOV offloads logic to steer packets that hit the e-switch miss rule
to the TIR of the relevant VF representor.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new namespace (MLX5_FLOW_NAMESPACE_OFFLOADS) to be populated
with flow steering rules that deal with rules that have have to
be executed before the EN NIC steering rules are matched.
The namespace is located after the bypass name-space and before the
kernel name-space. Therefore, it precedes the HW processing done for
rules set for the kernel NIC name-space.
Under SRIOV, it would allow us to match on e-switch missed packet
and forward them to the relevant VF representor TIR.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the API to create send-to-vport e-switch rules of the form
packet meta-data :: send-queue-number == $SQN and source-vport == 0 --> $VPORT
These rules are to be used for a send-to-vport logic which conceptually bypasses
the "normal" steering rules currently present at the e-switch datapath.
Such rule should apply only for packets that originate in the e-switch manager
vport (0) and are sent for a given SQN which is used by a given VF representor
device, and hence the matching logic.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the sriov offloads mode, packets that are not matched by any other
rule should be sent towards the e-switch manager for further processing.
Add such "miss" rule which matches ANY packet as the last rule in the
e-switch FDB and programs the HW to send the packet to vport 0 where
the e-switch manager runs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike the legacy mode, here, forwarding rules are not learned by the
driver per events on macs set by VFs/VMs into their vports, but rather
should be programmed by higher-level SW entities.
Saying that, still, in the offloads mode (SRIOV_OFFLOADS), two flow
groups are created by the driver for management (slow path) purposes:
The first group will be used for sending packets over e-switch vports
from the host OS where the e-switch management code runs, to be
received by VFs.
The second group will be used by a miss rule which forwards packets toward
the e-switch manager. Further logic will trap these packets such that
the receiving net-device as seen by the networking stack is the representor
of the vport that sent the packet over the e-switch data-path.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three modes for the SRIOV e-switch operation, none (SRIOV_NONE,
none of the VF vports are enabled), legacy (SRIOV_LEGACY, the current mode)
and sriov offloads (SRIOV_OFFLOADS). Currently, when in SRIOV, only the
legacy mode is supported, where steering rules are of the form:
destination mac --> VF vport
This patch does not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(resent due to overhelpful mail client corrupting patch)
At least on Meson GXBB, the CORE_IRQ_MTL_RX_OVERFLOW interrupt is thrown
with the stmmac1000 driver, which does not support set_rx_tail_ptr. With
this patch and the clock fixes, 1G ethernet works on ODROID-C2.
Signed-off-by: Matt Corallo <git@bluematt.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXcHi9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGSJ0H/2o4t9VWYmhyPC1sdIHoCExJ
P4tBrcZYBmKcsOmIfnJDa5g/+IdhouEUM0v0fHPogS2UUWT9eRuJWYD3sY+HpEQ+
heKTli8X73gsFB25odeIbIt0jAoSiiMYWDrWqLNsuUV1tjEYVA8rH0SM94FiOC/5
7WVWXLTuH+Rm7JHP18BnKxmMMbzrTFmwisLMqFKyfZRRSlS+/ix7iLUNO9AFa39B
YHxNPihLrZ0oONyCOAQoHTIXXrw0cQbxV2utg3vnMcCZdme2xOn+iXMntTSKfZ39
iC9/T0vsO3R6OrRo2aDZAnCPUAniXnMEIhrKG37WMyXpj6cucZ/2QiNXcXviGV4=
=iLte
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Back-merge tag 'v4.7-rc5' into drm-next
Linux 4.7-rc5
The fsl-dcu pull needs -rc3 so go to -rc5 for now.
Since the registers of subctrl may be different, it is better to
mv the registers from hns mdio driver routine to device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is PORT_TP type if the service port is GE mode. It is wrong to
judge the port type by using if it is service port. Adding the media
type to know port type.
Reported-by: Jinchuan Tian <tianjinchuan1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sequence of hns_mac_dev_to_enet_if() is the same as
hns_get_enet_interface(), and hns_get_enet_interface() is called
by initialization to get the mac mode. And the mode is not changed
anywhere. Thus add hns_mac_dev_to_enet_if() function to get the mac
mode is obviously redundant.
Reported-by: Jinchuan Tian <tianjinchuan1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two approaches to assign data, one does 2 loops, another
does 1 loop. This patch normalize the different methods to 1 loop.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In comment line, some time miss a space before */, so this
patch adds a space before */.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the previous review comments from Andy, this patch
deletes the redundant parens in the patch.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the code style in hns driver. Change it from
"buff = buff + xxx" to "buff += xxx". The reveiw comments is
from andy.
Reviewed-by: Andriy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes code sytle of hns driver to make it
simple.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bits kernels, device stats are 64bits wide, not 32bits.
Fixes: 80105befdb ("net: systemport: add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT Ethernet MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Link UP/Down prints to kernel log when link state changes
Signed-off-by: Shaker Daibes <shakerd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Valid weight assigned to ETS TClass values are 1-100
Fixes: 08fb1dacdd ('net/mlx5e: Support DCBNL IEEE ETS')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default fallback function used by mlx5e select queue can return
any TX queues in range [0..dev->num_real_tx_queues).
The current implementation assumes that the fallback function returns
a number in the range [0.. number of channels). Actually
dev->num_real_tx_queues = (number of channels) * dev->num_tc;
which is more than the expected range if num_tc is configured and could
lead to crashes.
To fix this we test if num_tc is not configured we can safely return the
fallback suggestion, if not we will reciprocal_scale the fallback
result and normalize it to the desired range.
Fixes: 08fb1dacdd ('net/mlx5e: Support DCBNL IEEE ETS')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ConnectX4-Lx uses an inline wqe mode that currently defaults to
requiring the entire L2 header be included in the wqe.
This patch fixes mlx5e_get_inline_hdr_size() to account for
all L2 headers (VLAN, QinQ, etc) using skb_network_offset(skb).
Fixes: e586b3b0ba ("net/mlx5: Ethernet Datapath files")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a timeout to avoid an infinite loop waiting for RQ's to flush. This
occurs during AER/EEH and will also happen if the device stops posting
completions due to internal error or reset, or if moving the RQ to the
error state fails. Also cleanup posted receive resources when closing
the RQ.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add callback to handle TX timeouts.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid an infinite loop by timing out waiting for the SQ to flush. Also
clean up the TX descriptors if that happens.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation does not handle timeout in case of command
with callback request, and this can lead to deadlock if the command
doesn't get fw response.
Add delayed callback timeout work before posting the command to fw.
In case of real fw command completion we will cancel the delayed work.
In case of fw command timeout the callback timeout handler will be
called and it will simulate fw completion with timeout error.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call command completion handler in case of timeout when working in
interrupts mode.
Avoid flushing the commands workqueue after acquiring the semaphores to
prevent a potential deadlock.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device ID for VFs is in a different location than PFs. This results
in the poll always timing out for VFs. There's no good way to read the
VF device ID without using the PF's configuration space. Switch to waiting
for the health poll to start incrementing. Also remove the 1s sleep
at the beginning.
fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core
driver')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change page cleanup flow when in internal error to properly decrement
the page counts when reclaiming pages. The prevents timing out waiting
for extra pages that were actually cleaned up previously.
fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In internal error state the health poll thread will eventually call
synchronize_irq() (to safely trigger command completions) which might
sleep, so we are calling sleeping function from atomic context which is
invalid.
Here we move trigger_cmd_completions(dev) to enter error state which is
the earliest stage in error state handling.
This way we won't need to wait for next health poll to trigger command
completions and will solve the scheduling while atomic issue.
mlx5_enter_error_state can be called from two contexts, protect it with
dev->intf_state_lock
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of internal error state we will simulate the commands status
through the return value translation function, but we need to simulate
all the teardown fw commands as successful so we will not have fw
command failure prints.
This also fix memory leaks that happen because we skip teardown stages
due to failed fw commands.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses xmit_more optimization to reduce
number of TX doorbells write per packet.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups qede_poll() routine a bit
and allows qede_poll() to do single iteration to handle
TX completion [As under heavy TX load qede_poll() might
run for indefinite time in the while(1) loop for TX
completion processing and cause CPU stuck].
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling IP fragmented packets with csum in their
transport header, the csum isn't changed as part of the
fragmentation. As a result, the packet containing the
transport headers would have the correct csum of the original
packet, but one that mismatches the actual packet that
passes on the wire. As a result, on receive path HW would
give an indication that the packet has incorrect csum,
which would cause qede to discard the incoming packet.
Since HW also delivers a notification of IP fragments,
change driver behavior to pass such incoming packets
to stack and let it make the decision whether it needs
to be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call wmb() to ensure writes are complete before
hardware fetches updated Tx descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-06-29
This series contains updates and fixes to e1000e, igb, ixgbe and fm10k. A
true smorgasbord of changes.
Jake cleans up some obscurity by not using the BIT() macro on bitshift
operation and also fixed the calculated index when looping through the
indir array. Fixes the issue with igb's workqueue item for overflow
check from causing a surprise remove event. The ptp_flags variable is
added to simplify the work of writing several complex MAC type checks
in the PTP code while fixing the workqueue.
Alex Duyck fixes the receive buffers alignment which should not be L1
cache aligned, but to 512 bytes instead.
Denys Vlasenko prevents a division by zero which was reported under
VMWare for e1000e.
Amritha fixes an issue where filters in a child hash table must be
cleared from the hardware before delete the filter links in ixgbe.
Bhaktipriya Shridhar simply replaces the deprecated create_workqueue()
with alloc_workqueue() for fm10k.
Tony corrects ixgbe ethtool reporting to show x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Emil fixes an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass traffic due
to spoofed packets.
Andrew Lunn increases performance on some systems where syncing a buffer
for DMA is expensive. So rather than sync the whole 2K receive buffer,
only synchronize the length of the frame.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Point the ethtool .get_link() callback to the standard
ethtool_op_get_link() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_write_mac_addr() always writes to the BAR the current
device address taken from netdev struct. The address given
as parameter is actually ignored. Since all callers pass
netdev->dev_addr simply remove the parameter.
While at it improve the function's kdoc a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spell abbreviation of control as ctrl not crtl.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"num_vec" needs to be signed for the error handling to work.
Fixes: e261768e9e ('be2net: support asymmetric rx/tx queue counts')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethernet core has 3 IRQs. Using the IRQ grouping registers we are able
to separate TX and RX IRQs, which allows us to service them on separate
cores. This patch splits the IRQ handler into 2 separate functions, one for
TX and another for RX. The TX housekeeping is split out into its own NAPI
handler.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code that enables and disables IRQs is missing proper locking. After
adding the IRQ grouping patch and routing the RX and TX IRQs to different
cores we experienced IRQ stalls. Fix this by adding proper locking.
We use a dedicated lock to reduce the latency if the IRQ code.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code currently uses variables to store and never modify the bit masks
of interrupts. This is legacy code from an early version of the driver
that supported MIPS based SoCs where the IRQ bits depended on the actual
SoC. As the bits are the same for all ARM based SoCs using this driver we
can remove the intermediate variables.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was originally written for MIPS based SoC. These required the
IRQ mask register to be read after writing it to ensure that the content
was actually applied. As this version only works on ARM based SoCs, we can
safely remove the 2 reads as they are no longer required.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.
For an IMX6Q, this gives around 6% increased TCP receive performance,
which is cache operations bound and reduces CPU load for TCP transmit.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When setting spoofing, both VLAN and MAC need to be set together.
This change resolves an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass
traffic due to spoofed packets.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe_ethtool_get_ts_info() to show that x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Reported-by: Guy Harris <guy@alum.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem (viz
fm10k_service_task, which manages and runs other subtasks) is involved in
normal device operation and requires forward progress under memory
pressure.
create_workqueue has been replaced with alloc_workqueue with max_active
as 0 since there is no need for throttling the number of active work
items.
Since network devices may be used in memory reclaim path,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly stop the extra workqueue items and ensure that we resume
cleanly. This is better than using igb_ptp_init and igb_ptp_stop since
these functions destroy the PHC device, which will cause other problems
if we do so. Since igb_ptp_reset now re-schedules the work-queue item we
don't need an equivalent igb_ptp_resume in the resume workflow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make igb_ptp_stop take advantage of this new function to reduce code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify igb_ptp_init to take advantage of igb_ptp_reset, and remove
duplicated work that was occurring in both igb_ptp_reset and
igb_ptp_init.
In total, resetting the TSAUXC register, and resetting the system time
both happen in igb_ptp_reset already. igb_ptp_reset now also takes care
of starting the delayed work item for overflow checks, as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't continue to use complex MAC type checks for handling various cases
where we have overflow check code. Make this code more obvious by
introducing a flag which is enabled for hardware that needs these
checks.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upcoming patches will introduce new PTP specific flags. To avoid
cluttering the normal flags variable, introduce PTP specific "ptp_flags"
variable for this purpose, and move IGB_FLAG_PTP to become
IGB_PTP_ENABLED.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For u32 classifier filters, avoid overwriting existing filter
in a hardware location without removing it first, to clean up
inconsistencies due to duplicate values for filter location.
Verified with the following filters:
Create child hash tables:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:11 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
handle 800:0:12 u32 ht 800: link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 17 ff match ip dst 16.0.0.1/32
Add filter into child hash table:
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
Add another filter to the same location:
handle 2:0:3 u32 ht 2: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On deleting filters which are links to a child hash table, the filters
in the child hash table must be cleared from the hardware if there
is no link between the parent and child hash table.
Verified with the following filters:
Create a child hash table:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
Add filters into child hash table:
handle 1:0:2 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Delete link filter from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users report that under VMWare, er32(TIMINCA) returns zero.
This causes division by zero at init time as follows:
==> incvalue = er32(TIMINCA) & E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK;
for (i = 0; i < E1000_MAX_82574_SYSTIM_REREADS; i++) {
/* latch SYSTIMH on read of SYSTIML */
systim_next = (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIML);
systim_next |= (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIMH) << 32;
time_delta = systim_next - systim;
temp = time_delta;
====> rem = do_div(temp, incvalue);
This change makes kernel survive this, and users report that
NIC does work after this change.
Since on real hardware incvalue is never zero, this should not affect
real hardware use case.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The index calculated when looping through the indir array passed to
fm10k_write_reta was incorrectly calculated as the first part i needs to
be multiplied by 4.
Fixes: 0cfea7a65738 ("fm10k: fix possible null pointer deref after kcalloc", 2016-04-13)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While reviewing the i40e driver changes to support page based receive I
realized that I had overlooked the fact that the fm10k hardware required a
512 byte alignment for Rx buffers. This patch is meant to address that by
changing the alignment for Rx buffers to 512 bytes instead of allowing it
to be L1 cache aligned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FM10K_MAX_DATA_PER_TXD is really just using a bitshift as a power of
2 operation in an efficient manner. We shouldn't represent this as a BIT()
because that obscures the intention of the operation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now ixgbevf_write/read_posted_mbx use -IXGBE_ERR_MBX as the initiative
return value, but it's incorrect, cause in ixgbevf_vlan_rx_add_vid(),
it use err == IXGBE_ERR_MBX, the err returned from mac.ops.set_vfta,
and in ixgbevf_set_vfta_vf, it return from write/read_posted. so we
should initialize err with IXGBE_ERR_MBX, instead of -IXGBE_ERR_MBX.
With this fix, the other functions that called it also can work well,
cause they only care about if err is 0 or not.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The bit in the e1000 driver that mentions explicitly that the hardware
has no support for separate RX/TX VLAN accel toggling rings true for
e1000e as well, and thus both NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX and
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX need to be kept in sync.
Revert a portion of commit 889ad45666 ("e1000e: keep VLAN interfaces
functional after rxvlan off") since keeping the bits in sync resolves
the original issue.
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-06-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Mitch provides several changes, first adds functions to enable and disable
VSI on a VEB, which allows for configuration of limited promiscuous mode
specifically for bridging purposes. Sets the RSS Hash Enable registers by
default now that VF RSS is configured by the PF driver. Fixed a issue
where we could overflow the buffer, by checking the address count and bail
out of the loop at the appropriate time. Removed the need for a reset
when the device enters limited promiscuous mode, since this was causing
heartburn for people who were using VFs and bridging.
Catherine adds a call to set the client interface down when we put the VSI
down. Fixed an issue where RSS queues was being limited to the number
of CPUs, so if a user wants to use more queues than CPUs, we want to
trust they know what they are doing and let them.
Greg cleans up the driver suspend routine to ensure we are calling
synchronize_irq() before freeing IRQ vectors and explicitly free the other
causes interrupt resources and shut down the MSIX interrupt.
Serey fixes i40e_set_settings() to not fail when a Direct Attach (DA)
cable is used.
Avinash fixes a supported link bug by removing code which was not allowing
100BaseT to show up in the supported link modes for 10GBaseT PHYs.
Shannon adds a bit of information to the error messages to help determine
the source of error by adding VSI info to macaddr messages.
Tushar Dave fixes error received when turning off TSO on some systems,
which was caused by enabling FD_SB without checking availability of
MSIx vectors, so add the check.
Neerav fixes a possible panic when LLDP/DCBX change happens and the
driver tried to notify the client(s) for each of the PF VSIs, which would
panic when it reached a VSI that did not have any netdev associated with
it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SPQ doorbell is currently protected with the compilation barrier. Under the
stress scenarios, we may get into a state where (due to the weak ordering)
several ramrod doorbells were written to the BAR with an out-of-order
producer values. Need to change the barrier type to a write barrier to make
sure that the write buffer is flushed after each doorbell.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checker warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:435 qede_get_coalesce()
warn: passing casted pointer '&coal->rx_coalesce_usecs' to
'edev->ops->common->get_coalesce()' 32 vs 16.
The u32 pointer is being typecasted to u16 which may fail for big-endian
platforms.
Fixes: d552fa84cb ("qede: Add support for coalescing config read/update.")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've got a bug report about an e1000e interface, where a VLAN interface is
set up on top of it:
$ ip link add link ens1f0 name ens1f0.99 type vlan id 99
$ ip link set ens1f0 up
$ ip link set ens1f0.99 up
$ ip addr add 192.168.99.92 dev ens1f0.99
At this point, I can ping another host on vlan 99, ip 192.168.99.91.
However, if I do the following:
$ ethtool -K ens1f0 rxvlan off
Then no traffic passes on ens1f0.99. It comes back if I toggle rxvlan on
again. I'm not sure if this is actually intended behavior, or if there's a
lack of software VLAN stripping fallback, or what, but things continue to
work if I simply don't call e1000e_vlan_strip_disable() if there are
active VLANs (plagiarizing a function from the e1000 driver here) on the
interface.
Also slipped a related-ish fix to the kerneldoc text for
e1000e_vlan_strip_disable here...
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a static checker warning here "warn: mask and shift to zero"
and the code sets "ring" to zero every time. From looking at how
QLCNIC_FETCH_RING_ID() is used in qlcnic_83xx_process_rcv_ring() the
qlcnic_83xx_hndl() should be removed.
Fixes: 4be41e92f7 ('qlcnic: 83xx data path routines')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each() macro aptly named
list_for_each_safe().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TL4 calculation for a given SQ of secondary Qsets is incorrect
and goes out of bounds and also for some SQ's TL4 chosen will
transmit data via a different BGX interface and not same as
primary Qset's interface.
This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for SMU RX local/remote faults along with SPU LINK
status. Otherwise at times link is UP at our end but DOWN
at link partner's side. Also due to an issue in BGX it's
rarely seen that initialization doesn't happen properly
and SMU RX reports faults with everything fine at SPU.
This patch tries to reinitialize LMAC to fix it.
Also fixed LMAC disable sequence to properly bring down link.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tao Wang <tao.wang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Categorize and reorganize ethtool statistics counters by renaming to
"rx_*" and "tx_*" and removing redundant and duplicated counters, this
way they are easier to grasp and more user friendly.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Number of PFC counters used to count only number of priorities with PFC
enabled, but each priority has more than one counter, hence the need to
multiply it by the number of PFC counters per priority.
Fixes: cf678570d5 ('net/mlx5e: Add per priority group to PPort counters')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow the same vxlan udp port to be added to the device more than
once.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous to this patch mapping was always set to write combining without
checking whether BlueFlame is supported in the device.
Fixes: 0ba422410b ('net/mlx5: Fix global UAR mapping')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change MLX5E_STATE_ASYNC_EVENTS_ENABLE to
MLX5E_STATE_ASYNC_EVENTS_ENABLED since it represent a state and not an
operation.
Fixes: acff797cd1 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the upcoming ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 device to the list of
supported devices by the mlx5 driver.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add command string for MODIFY_FLOW_TABLE which is used by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TI CPDMA currently uses a bitmap for tracking descriptors alloactions
allocations, but The genalloc already handles the same and can be used
as with special memory (SRAM) as with DMA cherent memory chank
(dma_alloc_coherent()). Hence, switch to using genalloc and add
desc_num property for each channel for limitation of max number of
allowed descriptors for each CPDMA channel. This patch do not affect
on net throuput.
Acked-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use "ti,cpsw-mdio" to enable PM runtime auto-suspend on supported
platforms, where MDIO is implemented as part of TI CPSW.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davinci MDIO is always used as slave device which services
read/write requests from MDIO/PHY core. It doesn't use IRQ also.
As result, It's possible to relax PM runtime constraints for Davinci
MDIO and enable it on demand, instead of powering it during probe
and powering off during removal.
Hence, implement PM runtime autosuspend for Davinci MDIO, but keep it
disabled by default, because Davinci MDIO is integrated in big set of
TI devices and not all of them expected to work corectly with RPM
autosuspend enabled:
- expected to work on SoCs where MDIO is part of TI CPSW
(cpsw.c DRA7/am57x, am437x, am335x, dm814x)
- not verified on Keystone 2 and other SoCs where MDIO is used with TI EMAC IP
(davinci_emac.c: dm6467-emac, am3517-emac, dm816-emac).
Davinci MDIO RPM autosuspend can be enabled through sysfs:
echo 100 > /sys/devices/../48484000.ethernet/48485000.mdio/power/autosuspend_delay_ms
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PM runtime .runtime_suspend()/.runtime_resume() callbacks and
perform Davinci MDIO enabling/disabling from these callbacks. This
allows to reuse pm_runtime_force_suspend/resume() APIs during System
suspend and required for further implementation of PM runtime
autosuspend.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Davinci MDIO MDIO_CONTROL.CLKDIV can be calculated only once
during probe, hence split __davinci_mdio_reset() on
davinci_mdio_init_clk() and davinci_mdio_enable(). Initialize and
save CLKDIV in .probe(). Then just use saved value.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not expected Davinci MDIO to be accessible after its suspend
callbacks have been called:
- all consumers of Davinci MDIO will stop/disconnect phys at Device
suspend stage;
- all phys are expected to be suspned already by PHY/MDIO core;
- MDIO locking is done by MDIO Bus code.
Hence, it's safe to drop "suspended" and "lock" fields from mdio_data.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PM runtime is disabled when Davinci MDIO .suspend_late() and
.resume_early() callbacks are called. As result, any PM runtime calls here will
be just a nop and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do PM runtime initialization later in probe - this allows to simplify
error handling a bit.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW might be suspended by RPM if all ethX interfaces are down,
but it still could be accesible through net_device_ops interfce. In
this case net_device_ops operations requiring registers access will
cause L3 errors and CPSW crash.
Hence, fix it by adding RPM get/put calls in net_device_ops callbacks
which need to access CPSW registers: .ndo_set_mac_address(),
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid().
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW might be suspended by RPM if all ethX interfaces are down,
but it still could be accesible through ethtool interfce. In this case
ethtool operations, requiring registers access, will cause L3 errors and
CPSW crash.
ethtool callbcaks which need to access CPSW registers now:
.set_coalesce(), .get_ethtool_stats(), .set_pauseparam(), .get_regs()
Hence, fix it by adding .begin()/.complete() ethtool callbacks, which
will be called before/after each ethtool operation runs, and do CPSW
RPM handling in these callbacks. That way CPSW will be active while
handling ethtool requests.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PM runtime is properly handled in cpsw_ndo_open/stop(), as result it
isn't required to duplicate these calls in .suspend()/.resume()
callbacks. Moreover, it might cause unnecessary RPM resume of CPSW
during System suspend in the case it's already suspended because
all ethX interfaces are down already, before System suspend started.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missed check of return code from PM runtime get() calls.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw_suspend() could trigger L3 error and CPSW will stop
functioning if System enters suspend when all ethX net-devices are
down - in this case CPSW could be already suspended by PM runtime, but
cpsw_suspend() will try to call soft_reset_slave() unconditionally
and access CPSW registers.
Hence, fix it by moving soft_reset_slave() from cpsw_suspend() to
cpsw_slave_stop(). This way slave ports will be reset when CPSW is
active and will be in proper state during Suspend.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of SGMII more, for example when a MAC2MAC connection
is needed, the port selection bits (inside the MAC configuration
registers) have to be programmed according to the link selected.
So the patch adds a new DT parameter to pass the port selection
and to programmed related PCS and CORE to use it.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, all gmac cores disable the PCS block and always
enable the PMT.
Note that this is done in a different way by 3.x and 4.x cores.
With this rework, PCS and PMT interrupt masks can be driven by
parameters now moved inside the mac_device_info structure
and the settings follow what the HW capability register reports.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 3.xx and 4.xx synopsys gmacs have a very similar
PCS embedded module and they share almost the same registers:
for example:
AN_Control, AN_Status, AN_Advertisement, AN_Link_Partner_Ability,
AN_Expansion, TBI_Extended_Status.
Just the RGMII/SMII Control/Status register differs.
So This patch aims to reorganize and enhance the PCS support.
It removes the existent support from the dwmac1000/dwmac4_core.c
moving basic PCS functions inside a new file called: stmmac_pcs.h.
The patch also reviews the available APIs to be better shared among
different hardware and easily enhanced to support new features.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 311c7c71c9 ("net/mlx5e: Allocate DMA coherent memory on
reader NUMA node") introduced mlx5_*_alloc_node() but missed changing
some calling and warn messages. This patch introduces 2 changes:
* Use mlx5_buf_alloc_node() instead of mlx5_buf_alloc() in
mlx5_wq_ll_create()
* Update the failure warn messages with _node postfix for
mlx5_*_alloc function names
Fixes: 311c7c71c9 ("net/mlx5e: Allocate DMA coherent memory on reader NUMA node")
Signed-off-by: Wang Sheng-Hui <shhuiw@foxmail.com>
Acked-By: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bgmac_open() calls phy_start() to initialize the PHY state machine,
which will set the interface's carrier state accordingly, no need to
force that as this could be conflicting with the PHY state determined by
PHYLIB.
Fixes: dd4544f054 ("bgmac: driver for GBit MAC core on BCMA bus")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not start the transmit queue in bgmac_open(). If the
queue was stopped prior to closing then re-opening the interface, we
would never be able to wake-up again.
Fixes: dd4544f054 ("bgmac: driver for GBit MAC core on BCMA bus")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are checking for the Start of Frame bit in the ctl1 word, while this
bit is set in the ctl0 word instead. Read the ctl0 word and update the
check to verify that.
Fixes: 9cde94506e ("bgmac: implement scatter/gather support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When LLDP/DCBX change happens the i40e driver code flow tried to
notify the client(s) for each of the PF VSIs. This resulted into
kernel panic on the first VSI that didn't have any netdev
associated to it.
The DCB change notification to the client(s) should be done only
once for the PF/LAN VSI where the client(s) instances have been
added to. Also, move the notification call after the PF driver has
made changes related to the updated DCB configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald J Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On systems with 128 CPUs, turning off TSO results in errors,
i40e 0000:03:00.0: failed to get tracking for 1 vectors for VSI 400, err=-12
i40e 0000:03:00.0: Couldn't create FDir VSI
i40e 0000:03:00.0: i40e_ptp_init: PTP not supported on eth0
i40e 0000:03:00.0: couldn't add VEB, err I40E_ERR_ADMIN_QUEUE_ERROR aq_err I40E_AQ_RC_ENOENT
i40e 0000:03:00.0: rebuild of switch failed: -1, will try to set up simple PF connection
i40e 0000:03:00.0 eth0: adding 00:10:e0:8a:24:b6 vid=0
Enabling FD_SB without checking availability of MSI-X vector is the
root cause. This change adds necessary check.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the macaddr add and delete happens asynchronously, error
messages don't easily get associated to the actual request. Here
we add a bit of information to the error messages to help
determine the source of the error.
Change-ID: Id2d6df5287141c3579677d72d8bd21122823d79f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the need for a reset when the device enters limited promiscuous
mode. This was causing heartburn for people who were using VFs and
bridging, since this would require all of the VFs to undergo a reset
each time the PF changed its promiscuity.
Change-ID: I0a83495c5e4d68112bbc7a7a076d20fa8dd3b61c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Always add MAC address at the tail of the MAC filter list. Since the
device's "real" MAC address is added first, it will always be at the
beginning of the list. This prevents an issue where the "real" MAC
filter might not get added if too many other filters are added before
bringing the interface up.
Change-ID: I34a8aeebeb0cb87a44b24118adc4176c7b943c1c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Limiting qcount to pf->num_lan_msix, effectively limits the RSS queues
to only use the number of CPUs, and ignore all other queues. We don't
want to do this. If the user has changed the RSS settings to use more
queues then CPUS, we want to trust they know what they are doing and
let them. More importantly, if we tell them that is what we did, we want
to actually do it and allow traffic into all of the queues we have
allocated. This does not change the default setting to initially
allocate only the number of CPUS of queue pairs.
Change-ID: Ie941a96e806e4bcd016addb4e17affb46770ada5
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removing this code which wasn't allowing 100BaseT to show up in the supported
link modes for 10GBaseT PHYs.
Change-ID: Iada2eafa7ef6b4bac9a2a1380ff533ae5de51e1d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a Direct Attach (DA) cable is used, if the i40e_set_settings
function is called it would return an error. Add the DA type so
the function won't fail.
Change-ID: I2b802f27a5d91cfefa72fd1f852acb4d74647a8e
Signed-off-by: Serey Kong <serey.kong@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function was failing to save PCI state
and this would result in a kernel stack trace from a WARN_ONCE in the
pci_legacy_suspend() function.
Add a call to pci_save_state() to fix that problem.
Change-ID: I4736e62bb660966bd208cc8af617a14cb07fc4bd
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function calls another function that preps the device
for the power save and resume by freeing all the Tx/Rx resources and
interrupts but that function does not free the "other" causes interrupt
vector and IRQ. It also fails to call synchronize_irq() before freeing
the IRQ vectors. This sometimes may result in some AER errors on those
systems with that PCIe error reporting feature enabled.
Call synchronize_irq() before freeing IRQ vectors and explicitly free
the other causes interrupt resources and shut down that MSIX interrupt.
Change-ID: Ib88e4536756518a352446da0232189716618ad81
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the user adds an obscene amount of MAC addresses, the driver will run
into the situation where it has too many address requests to fit into a
single PF message. The driver checks for this case, and calculates the
maximum number of messages that it can send. Then it completely ignores
this count and overflows the buffer.
Fix this by checking the address count and bailing out of the loop at
the appropriate time.
Change-ID: If8dcbb04602c75941dc0cd8309065e1de9ca791c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were failing to set the client interface down when we put the VSI
down. Add this call so that the client doesn't get an open called with
no close.
Also remove an un-needed delay. The VF should not be affected at all by
i40e_down.
Change-ID: I1135dffef534bf84e6fed57cf51bcf590e6cfaf7
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that VF RSS is configured by the PF driver, it needs to set the RSS
Hash Enable registers by default. Without this, no packets will be
hashed and they'll all end up on queue 0.
Change-ID: I38e425f40ddb81e3b19a951cfbb939fa5b1123f1
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function uses the i40e_hw struct all over the place, so why doesn't
it keep a pointer to the struct? Add this pointer as a local variable
and use it consistently throughout the function.
Change-ID: I10eb688fe40909433fcb8ac7ac891cef67445d72
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functions to enable and disable default VSI on a VEB. This allows
for configuration of limited promiscuous mode specifically for bridging
purposes.
Change-ID: I0cc5bd68b31c500fdff4d47e1f15d50d2739faf4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By default, mdiobus_alloc() sets the PHYs to polling mode, but a
pointer size memcpy means that a couple IRQs end up being overwritten
with a value of 0. This means that PHY_POLL is disabled and results
in unpredictable behavior depending on the PHY's location on the
MDIO bus. Remove that memcpy and the now unused phy_irq member to
force the SMSC911x PHYs into polling mode 100% of the time.
Fixes: e7f4dc3536 ("mdio: Move allocation of interrupts into core")
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fixes to spelling mistakes of the words "excessive collisions"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fixes to spelling mistakes of the word "descriptors"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous to this patch auto negotiation was reported off although it was
on by default in hardware. This patch reports the correct information to
ethtool and allows the user to toggle it on/off.
Added another parameter to set port proto function in order to pass
the auto negotiation field to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new get/set link ksettings and remove get/set settings legacy
callbacks.
This allows us to use bitmasks longer than 32 bit for supported and
advertised link modes and use modes that were previously not supported.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org>
CC: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add MLX5E_50GBASE_SR2 as ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseSR2_Full_BIT.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org>
Cc: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a dedicated function to toggle port link. It should be called only
after setting a port register.
Toggle will set port link to down and bring it back up in case that it's
admin status was up.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this mode the moderation timer will restart upon
new completion (CQE) generation rather than upon interrupt
generation.
The outcome is that for bursty traffic the period timer will never
expire and thus only the moderation frames counter will dictate
interrupt generation, thus the interrupt rate will be relative
to the incoming packets size.
If the burst seizes for "moderation period" time then an interrupt
will be issued immediately.
CQE based moderation is off by default and can be controlled
via ethtool set_priv_flags.
Performance tested on ConnectX4-Lx 50G.
Less packet loss in netperf UDP and TCP tests, with no bw degradation,
for both single and multi streams, with message sizes of
64, 1024, 1472 and 32768 byte.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gil Rockah <gilr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an infrastructure for getting/setting private net device
flags.
Currently a 'nop' priv flag is added, following patches will override
the flag will actual feature specific flags.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement set_maxrate ndo.
Use the rate index from the hardware table to attach to channel SQ/TXQ.
In case of failure to configure new rate, the queue remains with
unlimited rate.
We save the configuration on priv structure and apply it each time
Send Queues are being reinitialized (after open/close) operations.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuring and managing HW rate limit tables.
The HW holds a table of rate limits, each rate is
associated with an index in that table.
Later a Send Queue uses this index to set the rate limit.
Multiple Send Queues can have the same rate limit, which is
represented by a single entry in this table.
Even though a rate can be shared, each queue is being rate
limited independently of others.
The SW shadow of this table holds the rate itself,
the index in the HW table and the refcount (number of queues)
working with this rate.
The exported functions are mlx5_rl_add_rate and mlx5_rl_remove_rate.
Number of different rates and their values are derived
from HW capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates year and company name in the copyright markings in the
be2net source files.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On SR-IOV profiles, when the user connects a Linux Bridge or OVS to a BE3
vport, they suffer the "broadcast/multicast echo" problem. BE3 EVB echoes
broadcast and multicast packets back to PF's vport confusing the
Linux bridge. BE3 relies on the src-mac addr being programmed on the
interface to avoid sending back an echo of a broadcast or multicast packet
on a vPort. When a Linux bridge is connected to a BE3, the mac-addr of the
VM behind the bridge doesn't get configured on the vPort and so echo
cancellation doesn't work.
This patch worksaround this problem by disabling the EVB initially
and re-enabling it *only* when SR-IOV is enabled by the user. For the
driver fix to work, the BE3 FW version must be >= 11.1.84.0.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
be2net so far supported creation of RX/TX queues only in pairs.
On configs where rx and tx queue counts are different, creation of only
the lesser number of queues has been supported.
This patch now allows a combination of RX/TX-only channels along with
combined channels. N TX-queues and M RX-queues can be created with the
following cmds:
ethtool -L ethX combined N rx M-N (when N < M)
ethtool -L ethX combined M tx N-M (when M < N)
Setting both RX-only and TX-only channels is still not supported.
It is mandatory to create atleast one combined channel.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The EQs available on a function are shared between NIC and RoCE.
The be_max_eqs() macro was so far being used to refer to the max number of
EQs available for NIC. This has caused some confusion in the code. To fix
this confusion this patch introduces a new macro called be_max_nic_eqs()
to refer to the max number of EQs avialable for NIC only and renames
be_max_eqs() to be_max_func_eqs().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i.MX6UL is a member in i.MX series family, the SOC FEC inherits from
i.MX6SX but removes some IP features, lets define a new type for fec
device.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different i.MX SOC FEC support different features like :
- i.MX6Q/DL FEC does not support AVB and interrupt coalesc
- i.MX6SX/i.MX7D supports AVB and interrupt coalesc
- i.MX6UL/ULL does not support AVB, but support interrupt coalesc
So, add new quirk flag to judge the supported features.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add constants and callback functions for the dwmac on rk3228/rk3229 socs.
As can be seen, the base structure is the same, only registers and the
bits in them moved slightly.
Signed-off-by: Xing Zheng <zhengxing@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for ddr_timeout during device init.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for private flags for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has minor changes for proper ptp info retreival.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for host driver support for new Xaui
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extensive support of statistics for data path,
control path and firmware.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has new tx/rx interrupt moderation defaults of
count/timer for better throughput and utilisation.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves the order of chip reset while destroying
the resources by postoponing soft reset in destroy resources
function until all queues are removed properly.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new state so that the ctrl packets are not sent
to firmware during unload time and only rx packets are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has firmware image related changes for: firmware
release upon failure, support latest firmware version and
firmware download in 4MB chunks.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This Patch adds tx buffer handling to Napi along with RX
traffic. Also separate spinlocks are introduced for handling
iq posting and buffer reclaim so that tx path and tx interrupt
do not compete against each other.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds supports for Vlan filtering for liquidio driver.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for vlan offloads for the driver and
receive header structures are also modified appropriately. Also
requestID will not be used in reveive header any more.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the limits of soft command buffer size and
num command buffers. This patch also has changes for queue macros
and limit related changes for new chips.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The issue comes when there are multiple threads attempting to use the
mailbox facility at the same time. The issue is the for the Virtual
Function Driver, the only way to get the Virtual Interface statistics
is to issue mailbox commands to ask the firmware for the VI Stats.
And, because the VI Stats command can only retrieve a smallish number of
stats per mailbox command, we have to issue three mailbox commands in quick
succession. When ethtool or netstat command to get interface stats and
interface up/down is run in a loop for every 0.1 sec, we observed
mailbox collisions. And out of the two commands one would fail with
the present code, since we don't queue the second command.
To overcome the above issue, added a queue to access the mailbox.
Whenever a mailbox command is issued add it to the queue. If its at the
head issue the mailbox command, else wait for the existing command to
complete. Usually command takes less than a milli-second to complete.
Also timeout from the loop, if the command under execution takes
long time to run.
In reality, the number of mailbox access collisions is going to be very
rare since no one runs such abusive script.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for configuring the device tx/rx coalescing
timeout values in the order of micro seconds. It also adds APIs for
upper layer drivers for reading/updating the coalescing values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for reading and updating priority flow
control (PFC) attributes in the driver via netlink.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dual MAC devices don't necessarily have both MACs wired up, so ignore
those that are disabled.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we do have pci_request_mem_regions() and pci_release_mem_regions()
at hand, use it in the ethernet drivers.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
CC: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
CC: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we do have pci_request_mem_regions() and pci_release_mem_regions()
at hand, use it in the Intel ethernet drivers.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the SRQ API uses the obsolete mlx5_*_srq_mbox_{in,out}
structs which limit the ability to pass the SRQ attributes between
net and IB parts of the driver.
This patch changes the SRQ API so as to use auto-generated structs
and provides a better way to pass attributes which will be in use by
coming features.
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
In order to support RSS QPs, we need to create Ethernet based objects.
This is done by create_rq, destroy_rq, create_rqt and destroy_rqt
mlx5_core functions. We export these functions.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This allows a clean shutdown, even if some netdev clients do not
release their reference from this netdev. It is enough to release
the HW resources only as the kernel is shutting down.
Fixes: 2ba5fbd62b ('net/mlx4_core: Handle AER flow properly')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify mlx4_en_vlan_rx_[add/kill]_vid to return error value in case of
failure.
Fixes: 8e586137e6 ('net: make vlan ndo_vlan_rx_[add/kill]_vid return error value')
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For debug purposes, it's useful to know the order in which the driver
responds to changes in the topology of its upper devices.
Add debug prints to signal these events.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are situations in which a vPort is destroyed while still holding
references to device's resources such as FIDs and FDB records. This can
happen, for example, when a VLAN device is deleted while still being
bridged.
Instead of trying to make sure vPort destruction is invoked when it no
longer uses device's resources, just free them upon destruction. This
simplifies the code, as we no longer need to take different situations
into account when events are received - cleanup is taken care of in one
place.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FDB entries are learned using {Port / LAG ID, FID} and therefore should
be flushed whenever a port (vPort) leaves its FID (vFID).
However, when the bridge port is a LAG device (or a VLAN device on top),
then FDB flushing is conditional. Ports removed from such LAG
configurations must not trigger flushing, as other ports might still be
members in the LAG and therefore the bridge port is still active.
The decision whether to flush or not was previously computed in the
netdevice notification block, but in order to flush the entries when a
port leaves its FID this decision should be computed there.
Strip the notification block from this logic and instead move it to one
FDB flushing function that is invoked from both the FID / vFID leave
functions.
When port isn't member in LAG, FDB flushing should always occur.
Otherwise, it should occur only when the last port (vPort) member in the
LAG leaves the FID (vFID).
This will allow us - in the next patch - to simplify the cleanup code
paths that are hit whenever the topology above the port netdevs changes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all vPorts will have FIDs assigned to them, so make sure functions
first test for FID presence.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, not all vPorts will be assigned FIDs, so instead
of returning the FID index of a vPort, return a pointer to its FID
struct. This will allow us to know whether it's legal to access the
vPort's FID parameters such as index and device.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When L3 interfaces will be introduced a vPort won't necessarily have a
FID assigned to it. This can happen if it's not member in a bridge (in
which case it's assigned a vFID) or doesn't have an IP address (in which
case it's assigned an rFID).
Therefore, instead check the VID parameter to test whether a port is a
vPort or not.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a very similar way to the vFIDs, make the first 4K FIDs - used in the
VLAN-aware bridge - use the new FID struct.
Upon first use of the FID by any of the ports do the following:
1) Create the FID
2) Setup a matching flooding entry
3) Create a mapping for the FID
Unlike vFIDs, upon creation of a FID we always create a global
VID-to-FID mapping, so that ports without upper vPorts can use it
instead of creating an explicit {Port, VID} to FID mapping.
When a port leaves a FID the reverse is performed. Whenever the FID's
reference count reaches zero the FID is deleted along with the global
mapping.
The per-FID struct will later allow us to configure L3 interfaces on top
of the VLAN-aware bridge.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a vPort is created or when it joins a bridge we always do the same
set of operations:
1) Create the vFID, if not already created
2) Setup flooding for the vFID
3) Map the {Port, VID} to the vFID
When a vPort is destroyed or when it leaves a bridge the reverse is
performed.
Encapsulate the above in join / leave functions and simplify the code.
FIDs and rFIDs will use a similar set of functions.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we had a dedicated struct only for vFIDs, but before
introducing support for L3 interfaces we need to make it generic and
use it for all three types of FIDs:
1) FIDs - 0..4K-1, used for the VLAN-aware bridge
2) vFIDs - 4K..15K-1, used for VLAN-unaware bridges
3) rFIDs - 15K..16K-1, used to direct traffic to / from the router in
the device. Will be introduced later in the series.
The three types of L3 interfaces - Router InterFaces, RIFs - that will
be introduced correspond to the three types of FIDs and are configured
using them. Therefore, we'll need to store the links between them as
well as a reference count on the underlying FID, so that the
corresponding RIF will be destroyed when it reaches zero.
Note that the lower 0.5K vFIDs are currently used for for non-bridged
netdevs, so that traffic could be flooded to the CPU port. However, when
rFIDs will be introduced we'll no longer need these and they too will be
used for VLAN-unaware bridges.
Make the vFID struct generic by renaming it and some of its fields. FIDs
will be converted to use it later in the series.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a FID index instead of vFID and ease the transition towards a
generic FID struct.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A FID used by a vPort (vFID, but also rFID later in the series) is
always mapped using {Port, VID} and not only VID as with the 4K FIDs of
the VLAN-aware bridge.
Instead of specifying all the arguments each time, just wrap this
operation using a dedicated function and simplify the code.
As before, the function takes FID as its argument in preparation for a
generic FID struct.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code and use only one function for vFID creation /
destruction.
Unlike before, the function receives a FID index as its argument and not
a vFID index. Instead of passing 0, now one would need to pass 4K, which
is the first vFID.
This is the first step in creating a generic FID struct that will be
used for all three types of FIDs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In all call sites 'only_uc' is set to false, so strip it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a macro to do this kind of declarations, so use it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hold a reference count on the number of ports member in the
VLAN-aware bridge, as we only support one.
Instead of always incrementing / decrementing the reference count after
joining / leaving the bridge, simply do this accounting in the join /
leave functions.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument 'br_dev' is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When responding to unlinking CHANGEUPPER notifications we shouldn't
return any value, as it's not checked by upper layers.
In addition, there's nothing the driver can do in case of failure, so it
should simply continue and try to free as much resources as possible and
not stop on first error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking for a condition and then issue the warning, just do
it in one go and simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When upper device of a VLAN device changes we already made sure it's
a bridge device in PRECHANGEUPPER, so no need to check it's a master
device in CHANGEUPPER.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port netdev is put under LAG it cannot have VLAN upper devices,
so forbid that. The LAG device itself can have VLAN upper devices.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently only support the following upper devices for port netdevs:
1) Bridge
2) LAG (bond / team)
3) VLAN
Any other device is forbidden, so return an error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking the error value and returning NOTIFY_BAD, just use
notifier_from_errno() and simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enable/disable tso, the driver tries to access the hardware register,
but this operation will cause the port unavalible when there is traffic.
This patch tries to enable TSO when initialize, then control tso through
TSE bit in transmit descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default coalesce timeout is 3us, which is will cause CPU
usage is too high. This patch change it to 50us in order to reduce
CPU usage and the value makes sure network latency also meets requirement.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default sbm config parameter leaves little buffer when there is heavy
traffic, which will cause packets drop. This patch changes them to make
enough buffers for handling packets.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hns_nic_poll_rx_skb alloc skb fail, it will break receive cycle and
read new fbd_num to start new receive cycle. It recomputes cycle num is
fbd_num minus clean_count, actually this cycle num is too big because
it drop out receive cycle. It brings about the port unavailable.
So we will goto out when alloc skb fail to fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default driver sets anchor led bit to 0 when link down,
actually, the anchor bit should be set to 1, so fixes it when
link status is down.
Secondly, change the return value of cpld_set_led_id to 0, which
means leave the cpld to control led blink frequece other than the
driver itself.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When network interface is enabled, the ring enable operation is
conducted twice. This patch deletes the redundancy code of ring enable,
and integrates hnae_ae_ops.toggle_queue_status other functions to
hns_ae_start.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds get_coalesce_range api for hns, it shows
range of coalesce usecs and frames that can be set on
this interface.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver stores the high bit value of tcam data register
to the tcam data low element, stores the low bit value of tcam data
register to tcam data high element, this patch fixes this bug.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds spin lock for tcam table operation,
there maybe a race condition happens when more than
one thread try to change the tcam talbe entries.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For SoC hip06, PFC pause handled in dsaf, while hip05 in XGMAC,
so change the statistics of pfc pause in dsaf and remove the old
pfc pause frame statistics.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For debug-ports,there are two non-synchronized processes:
Speed-Auto-Negotiation and Link-Update-Status. The two
processes are towed by two different state machines.
Bond reads the speed when link up, but the speed maybe
not update the right value at that time.That make for bond's
wrong speed. Thus only one state machine should be used and
if phy_state_machine is used, it does not need to do
hns_nic_update_link_status().
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When run ethtool cmd(ethtool -t ethx) again and again for a long
time, it will be probabilistically fail. The PHYs' registers may
be on different pages, so it must be switch to the right page
before setting PHYs' registers.
And __lb_up() calls phy_start() to startup the PHYs device, but
this function may change Copper Control Register(Page 0, Register 0)
to an other value. It would cause phy loopback test fail. if we
remove phy_start(), we have to remove the relative phy_stop(),
phy_disconnect() when doing phy loopback to keep the phy stay in
right status.
Reported-by: hejun <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Hilink3 and Hilink4 use the same xge training and xge u adaptor for
HNSv2, it needs to select which Hilink to be set before relative serdes
being configed. The hilink_access_sel is the register to do that.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error info should be printed as "set mask to 64bit fail!" instead of
"set mask to 32bit fail!" in dma_set_mask_and_coherent().
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses devm_ioremap_resource, it will unmap the map
automatically, remove the unnecessary the resource free.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reported-by: Kefeng Wang <wangkefeng.wang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The annotation info for hns_nic_reset_subtask() should be
"for resetting subtask" instead of "for resetting suntask".
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HNS receives a packet without doing anything, but it should call
skb_reset_mac_header() to initialize the header before using
eth_hdr().
Fixes: 0d6b425a37
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For service port, hns dsaf v1 support to close tx_pause.
However, the port will be invalid when it run command
ethtool to close tx_pause. This patch will fix it.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqiaqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit fileds of PPE reset register are different between HNS v1 and
HNS v2, but the current procedure just only match HNS v1. Here is a
patch to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'MODULE_FIBER' value replaced several other FIBER values
in newer management firmware images, so existing code would
fail to properly reflect its mode.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has 2 sets of entries for handling ramrod configurations
toward firmware - a regular pre-allocated set of entires and a
possible 'unlimited' list of additional pending entries.
In most scenarios the 'unlimited' list would not be used, but
when it does the handling of the ramrod completion doesn't
properly handle the release of the entry.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several user APIs can cause driver to perform an inner-reload.
Currently, doing this would cause the HW/FW statistics of the
adapter to reset, which isn't the expected behavior [statistics
should only reset on explicit unloads].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Internal loopback in driver is based on two things - first
is the willingness of transmitter to use it [in case of VFs,
this can be forced based on VEPA/VEB] and secondly on another
vport classification configuration which should match the
packet's destination.
Current code allows non-linux VFs to configure a 'promisc'
mode on Tx, meaning all traffic sent by VF would be loopbacked
internally by firmware; This isn't considered a valid mode and
as such should be prevented by PF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no vlan filter is configured, firmware has a configurable
default on whether to pass only untagged packets or all packets
regardless of their tagging. Driver currently doesn't set this
field in the necessary ramrod, causing the default to always be
'receive all'.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conversion to the 64-bit time based ptp methods left two instances
of 'struct timespec' in place. This is harmless because 64-bit
architectures define timespec64 as timespec, and this driver is
not used on 32-bit machines.
However, using 'struct timespec64' directly is obviously the right
thing to do, and will help us remove 'struct timespec' in the future.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: b9acf24f77 ("ptp: tilegx: convert to the 64 bit get/set time methods.")
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop the SW TX counter from counting the TX header bytes
since they are not being sent out.
Fixes: e577516b9d ("mlxsw: Fix use-after-free bug in mlxsw_sx_port_xmit")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop the SW TX counter from counting the TX header bytes
since they are not being sent out.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason in rx_descs property because davinici_cpdma
driver splits pool of descriptors equally between tx and rx channels.
That is, if number of descriptors 256, 128 of them are for rx
channels. While receiving, the descriptor is freed to the pool and
then allocated with new skb. And if in DT the "rx_descs" is set to
64, then 128 - 64 = 64 descriptors are always in the pool and cannot
be used, for tx, for instance. It's not correct resource usage,
better to set it to half of pool, then the rx pool can be used in
full. It will not have any impact on performance, as anyway, the
"redundant" descriptors were unused.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable i was declared but was never used and we were getting a
build warning for that.
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
In addition I updated the socket address family check so that instead of
excluding IPv6 we instead abort of type is not IPv4. This makes much more
sense as we should only be supporting IPv4 outer addresses on this
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
In addition I updated the socket address family check so that instead of
excluding IPv6 we instead abort of type is not IPv4. This makes much more
sense as we should only be supporting IPv4 outer addresses on this
hardware.
The last change is that I pulled the rtnl_lock/unlock into the conditional
statement for IXGBE_FLAG2_VXLAN_REREG_NEEDED. The motivation behind this
is to avoid unneeded bouncing of the mutex which will just slow down the
handling of this call anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type if VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type if VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
I have also gone though and removed the BE2NET_VXLAN config option since it
no longer relies on the VXLAN code anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port number for GENEVE is hard coded into the bnxt driver. This is the
kind of thing we want to avoid going forward. For now I will integrate
this back into the port notifier so that we can change the GENEVE port
number if we need to in the future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ends up doing several things. First it updates the driver to
make use of the new unified UDP tunnel offload notifier functions. In
addition I updated the code so that we can work around the bits that were
checking for if VXLAN was enabled since we are now using a notifier based
setup.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
I also went through and dropped the BNX2X VXLAN and GENEVE specific build
flags.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern C standards expect the '__inline__' keyword to come before the return
type in a declaration, and we get a warning for this with "make W=1":
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2278:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were using an incorrect define to get the irq vector number.
NFP_NET_CFG_LSC is a control BAR offset, LSC interrupt vector
index is called NFP_NET_IRQ_LSC_IDX. For machines with less
than 30 CPUs this meant that we were disabling/enabling IRQ 0.
For bigger hosts we were just playing with the 31st RX/TX
interrupt.
Fixes: 0ba40af963 ("nfp: move link state interrupt request/free calls")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a warning for tlan_handle_tx_eoc when building with "make W=1"
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c: In function 'tlan_handle_tx_eoc':
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c:1647:59: error: parameter 'host_int' set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-parameter]
static u32 tlan_handle_tx_eoc(struct net_device *dev, u16 host_int)
This is harmless, but removing the unused assignment lets us avoid
the warning with no downside.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a warning for qlcnic_83xx_get_mac_address when building with
"make W=1":
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c: In function 'qlcnic_83xx_get_mac_address':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c:2156:8: error: parameter 'function' set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-parameter]
Clearly this is harmless, but there is also no point for setting
the variable, so we can simply remove the assignment.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx4e driver does not support more than one port for VXLAN offload. As
such expecting the hardware to offload other ports is invalid since it
appears the parsing logic is used to perform Tx checksum and segmentation
offloads. Use the vxlan_port number to determine in which cases we can
apply the offload and in which cases we can not.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building with -Wextra, we get a harmless warning from the
EFX_EXTRACT_OWORD32 macro:
ethernet/sfc/farch.c: In function 'efx_farch_test_registers':
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:119:30: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:124:144: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:124:392: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:124:731: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
The macro and the caller are both correct, but we can avoid the
warning by changing the index variable to a signed type.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When suspending the machine, do not shutdown the external PHY by cutting
its regulator in the mac platform driver suspend code if Wake-on-Lan is enabled,
else it cannot wake us up.
In order to do this, split the suspend/resume callbacks from the
init/exit callbacks, so we can condition the power-down on the lack of
need to wake-up from the LAN but do it unconditionally when unloading the
module.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the stmmac platform drivers provide dedicated suspend and resume
callbacks rather than always re-using the init and exits callbacks.
If the driver does not provide the suspend or resume callback, we fall
back to the old behavior trying to use exit or init.
This allows a specific platform to perform only a partial power-down on
suspend if Wake-on-Lan is enabled but always perform the full shutdown
sequence if the module is unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If vPort has VLAN_RESTRICT flag, VLAN tagged traffic will not be
delivered without corresponding Rx filters which may be proxied to and
moderated by hypervisor.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If should be done after net_dev->hw_features initialization, to keep the
feature there to be able to enable it later using ethtool.
VLAN filtering is enforced and fixed if vPort requires usage of VLAN
filters to receive tagged traffic.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If it is not supported we simply disable the feature.
For the feature to work we need firmware filter support for
OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC and for OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC_IG.
The low-latency firmware can match on OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC but not on
OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC_IG.
For the capture packet firmware it is the other way around.
Only the full-feature variant can match on both combinations.
Incorporates a fix by Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko@oktetlabs.ru>
in the net_dev->[hw_]features handling.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filter match flags are not unique criteria to be mapped to priority
because of both unknown unicast and unknown multicast are mapped to
LOC_MAC_IG. So, local MAC is required to map filter to priority.
MCDI filter flags is unique criteria to find filter priority.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nearly every time we call efx_ef10_filter_remove_unsafe, we first check
for EFX_EF10_FILTER_ID_INVALID, in which case we do nothing. So move
that check into the function, simplifying all the call sites.
Also, change the return type to void, since none of the callers check it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When trying to enslave an SFC interface to a bond the following BUG_ON was
hit:
kernel BUG [in ef10.c]!
CPU: 0 PID: 4383 Comm: ifenslave Tainted: G
...
Call Trace:
efx_ef10_filter_add_vlan+0x121/0x180 [sfc]
efx_ef10_filter_table_probe+0x2a2/0x4f0 [sfc]
efx_ef10_set_mac_address+0x370/0x6d0 [sfc]
efx_set_mac_address+0x7d/0x120 [sfc]
dev_set_mac_address+0x43/0xa0
bond_enslave+0x337/0xea0 [bonding]
This comes from function efx_ef10_filter_vlan_sync_rx_mode.
To solve the bug we ensure the mac_lock is taken before calling
efx_ef10_filter_add_vlan. But to avoid a priority inversion mac_lock must
be taken before filter_sem.
To satisfy these requirements we end up taking mac_lock in
efx_ef10_vport_set_mac_address, efx_ef10_set_mac_address,
efx_ef10_sriov_set_vf_vlan and efx_probe_filters.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supports HW VLAN filtering, en/disabled using ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now it contains dummy VLAN entry with unspecified VID only.
The entry is used for the case when HW VLAN filtering is not used.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These flags are built when address cache is updated.
The information will be required when VLAN filtering is added and address
cache is used without re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a step to support VLAN filtering in HW.
Until then, there is only one struct efx_ef10_filter_vlan per struct
efx_ef10_filter_table, with no VLAN information yet.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is required to remove setting of filter IDs to invalid from multicast
and unicast addresses caching functions.
Add initialization to invalid when filter table is created.
Add paranoid checks to track consistency.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on a patch by Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It allows to change set of fixed features on datapath reset.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is used for EF10 only and logically belongs to EF10 filter table state.
It is OK that it is reset to false on filter table recreation since all
filters are removed on destruction.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for new instruction header for octeon2/octeon3(ih) and
corresponding changes.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch decoupled the firmware side ifidx and host side interface
number. It also has some minor name change for linkinfo sturct field.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is for new driver/firmware control command structure
(octnic_packet_params and octnic_cmd_setup ) and resultant code changes.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to refactor packet size calculations to support PTP enabled
for 66xx and 68xx cards and also other cards that do not support PTP.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add page based buffers for receive side descriptors of
the driver and separate free routines for rx and tx buffers.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allocate rx queue's memory based on numa node and also use
page based buffers for rx traffic improvements.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allocate and manage scatter gather lists per
input queue(iq's) and remove queue's interdependence.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allocate the input queues based on Numa node in tx path
and queue mapping changes based on the mapping info provided by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to resolve the double free issue by checking proper return
values from soft command.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if interface is in Promiscuous mode/Allmulti mode synchronize
MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement callback in the driver for the new PCI bus driver
interface that allows the user to enable/disable SR-IOV
virtual functions in a device via the sysfs interface.
Deprecate module parameter used to configure SRIOV
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When is_kdump_kernel() is true, Forcing cxgb4 driver as Master so we can
reinitialize the Firmware/Chip. Also reduce memory usage by disabling
offload.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DT support to the Cirrus Logic CS89x0 driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Shiyan <shc_work@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maciej Żenczykowski reported lockdep warning a spinlock
was not registered before being held in mlx4_cmd_wake_completions()
cmd.context_lock initialization is not at the right place.
1) mlx4_cmd_use_events() can be called multiple times.
Calling spin_lock_init() on a live spinlock can lead
to hangs.
2) mlx4_cmd_wake_completions() can be called while lock
has not been initialized.
Lockdep complains, and current logic is not race prone.
It seems better to move the initialization earlier in
mlx4_load_one()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patchset about adding support of ACPI (commit id is 6343488)
being applied, HNS does not depend on OF. It depends on OF or ACPI, so
the Kconfig file needs to be updated.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fully support 25G and 50G link settings.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards do not support autoneg. The current code does not prevent the
user from enabling autoneg with ethtool on such cards, causing confusion.
Firmware provides the autoneg capability information and we just need to
store it in the support_auto_speeds field in bnxt_link_info struct.
The ethtool set_settings() call will check this field before proceeding
with autoneg.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add bnxt_gro_func_5731x() to handle GRO packets for this chip. The
completion structures used in the new chip have new data to help determine
the header offsets. The offsets can be off by 4 if the packet is an
internal loopback packet (e.g. from one VF to another VF). Some additional
logic is added to adjust the offsets if it is a loopback packet.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer chips require different logic to handle GRO packets. So refactor
the code so that we can call different functions depending on the chip.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define all the supported chip numbers and chip categories. Store the
chip_num returned by firmware. If the call to get the version and chip
number fails, we should abort.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NPAR type is read from bnxt_hwrm_func_qcfg. Do not allow changing link
parameters if in NPAR mode sinc ethe port is shared among multiple
partitions. The link parameters are set up by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <sbaddipa@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the VF driver gets this event, the VF configuration has changed (such
as default VLAN). The VF driver will initiate a silent reset to pick up
the new configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a default VLAN is added to the VF, the VF driver needs to reset to
pick up the default VLAN ID. We can use the same tx timeout reset logic
to do that, without the debug output. This new function, with the
silent parameter to suppress debug output will now serve both purposes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PF can setup a default VLAN for a VF. The default VLAN tag is
automatically inserted and stripped without the knowledge of the
stack running on the VF. The VF driver needs to know that default
VLAN is enabled as VLAN acceleration on the RX side is no longer
supported. Call netdev_update_features() to fix up the VLAN features
as necessary. Also, VLAN strip mode must be enabled to strip out
the default VLAN tag.
Only allow VF default VLAN to be set if the firmware spec is >= 1.2.1.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the enic driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 26c5f03 uses a new skb allocator to avoid the RFD overflow
issue.
But from debugging without datasheet, we found the error always
happen when the DMA RX address is set to 0x....fc0, which is very
likely to be a HW/silicon problem.
So one idea is instead of adding a new allocator, why not just
hitting the right target by avaiding the error-prone DMA address?
This patch will actually
* Remove the commit 26c5f03
* Apply rx skb with 64 bytes longer space, and if the allocated skb
has a 0x...fc0 address, it will use skb_resever(skb, 64) to
advance the address, so that the RX overflow can be avoided.
In theory this method should also apply to atl1c driver, which
I can't find anyone who can help to test on real devices.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70761
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Ole Lukoie <olelukoie@mail.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to destroy channels that are destroyed while
cpdma_ctlr destroy. In this case no need to remember how much
channels where created and destroy them by one, as cpdma_ctlr
destroys all of them.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since msleep is based on jiffies the PHY reset could take longer
than expected. So use msleep for values greater than 20 msec otherwise
usleep_range.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i.MX6 Q/DL has an erratum (ERR006687) that prevents the FEC from
waking the CPUs when they are in wait(unclocked) state. As the hardware
workaround isn't applicable to all boards, disable the deeper idle state
when the workaround isn't present and the FEC is in use.
This allows to safely run a kernel with CPUidle enabled on all i.MX6
boards.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> (for network changes)
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
Commit 7f854420fb
("phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus.")
broke PHY detection on this driver with a copy-paste bug:
The code is looking 32 times for a PHY at address 0.
Fixes ethernet on AMD DB1100/DB1500/DB1550 boards which have
their (autodetected) PHYs at address 31.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Manuel Lauss <manuel.lauss@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7f854420fb
("phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus.")
broke PHY detection on this driver with a copy-paste bug:
The code is looking 32 times for a PHY at address 0.
Fixes ethernet on AMD DB1100/DB1500/DB1550 boards which have
their (autodetected) PHYs at address 31.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Manuel Lauss <manuel.lauss@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code checks if the queue should be stopped because we are below the
threshold of free descriptors only to check if it should be started again.
If we do end up in a state where we are at the threshold limit, it makes
more sense to just stop the queue and wait for the next IRQ to trigger the
TX housekeeping again. There is no rush in enqueuing the next packet, it
needs to wait for all the others in the queue to be dispatched first
anyway.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code unconditionally wakes up the queue at the end of each
tx_poll action. Change the code to only wake up the queues if any of
them have actually been stopped before.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX ring setup has an off by one error causing it to not utilise all
descriptors. This has the side effect that we need to reset the next
pointer at runtime to make it work. Fix the off by one and remove the
code fixing the ring at runtime.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During stress testing, after reducing the threshold value, we have seen
TX timeouts that were caused by the watchdog_timeo value being too low.
Increase the value to 5 * HZ which is a value commonly used by many other
drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The logic to calculate the threshold value for stopping the TX queue is
bad. Currently it will always use 1/2 of the rings size, which is way too
much. Set the threshold to MAX_SKB_FRAGS. This makes sure that the queue
is stopped when there is not enough room to accept an additional segment.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code only disables those IRQs that we will later use. To
ensure that we have a predefined state, we really want to disable all IRQs.
Change the code to disable all IRQs to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QDMA engine can fail to update the register pointing to the next TX
descriptor if this bit does not get set in the QDMA configuration register.
Not setting this bit can result in invalid values inside the TX rings
registers which will causes TX stalls.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two places inside mtk_poll_rx where rx_dropped is not being
incremented properly. Fix this by adding the missing code to increment
the counter.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lookup of the tx_buffer in the error path inside mtk_tx_map() uses the
wrong descriptor pointer. This looks like a copy & paste error. Change the
code to use the correct pointer.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Scratch memory gets allocated in mtk_init_fq_dma() but the corresponding
code to free it is missing inside mtk_dma_free() causing a memory leak.
With this patch applied, we can run ifconfig up/down several thousand
times without any problems.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code fails to check if the scratch memory was properly allocated. Add
this check and return with an error if the allocation failed.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workqueue
mlxsw_wq is used for FDB notif. processing with workitems that are
involved in normal device operation && because it's a network device
which can be depended upon during memory reclaim.
Workitems &trans->timeout_dw and &mlxsw_sp->fdb_notify.dw,
map to mlxsw_sp_fdb_notify_work (processes FDB notifications from the
underlying device and resolves the netdev to which the entry points to
and notifies the bridge using the switchdev notifier) and
mlxsw_emad_trans_timeout_work (provides async EMAD register access)
respectively. They require forward progress under memory pressure and
hence, WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
(&lio->txq_status_wq.wk.work which maps to octnet_poll_check_txq_status)
is involved in a brief poll routine for checking transmit queue status
and is an intergral part of normal device operation.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress under memory
pressure, which is a requirement here.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4 RSS is limited to spread incoming packets to a power of two number
of queues.
An uniformly distibuted traffic would be split on queues 0 to N-1, N
being a power of two, each queue having a 1/N weight.
If number of RX queues is not a power of two, upper RX queues do not
receive traffic.
ethtool -x is lying, because it pretends some queues have higher weight.
Before patch:
lpaa24:~# ethtool -L eth1 rx 24
lpaa24:~# ethtool -x eth1
RX flow hash indirection table for eth1 with 24 RX ring(s):
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RSS hash key:
e0:7c:3a:89:07:55:b6:58:69:cc:f4:e5:24:62:e3:25:88:6c:42:5b:d2:cb:9a:d2:e0:06:e1:dc:f9:09:a1:89:0f:a0:30:43:73:6f:0c:b6
If this information was correct, user space tools could expect queues 0
to 7 to receive twice more traffic than queues 8 to 15
After patch :
lpaa24:~# ethtool -L eth1 rx 24
lpaa24:~# ethtool -x eth1
RX flow hash indirection table for eth1 with 24 RX ring(s):
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
RSS hash key:
da:7b:09:60:f1:ac:67:b4:d0:72:d4:ec:a2:e5:80:0a:ad:50:22:1a:f8:f9:66:54:5f:22:45:c3:88:f4:57:82:c1:c1:90:ed:70:cb:40:ce
lpaa24:~# ethtool -X eth1 equal 8
lpaa24:~# ethtool -x eth1
RX flow hash indirection table for eth1 with 24 RX ring(s):
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RSS hash key:
da:7b:09:60:f1:ac:67:b4:d0:72:d4:ec:a2:e5:80:0a:ad:50:22:1a:f8:f9:66:54:5f:22:45:c3:88:f4:57:82:c1:c1:90:ed:70:cb:40:ce
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac4_set_umac_addr() takes a struct mac_device_info as
the first parameter, but is being passed a ioaddr instead from
dwmac4_set_filter(). Fix the warning/bug by changing the first
parameter.
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac4_core.c:159:46: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac4_core.c:159:46: expected struct mac_device_info *hw
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac4_core.c:159:46: got void [noderef] <asn:2>*ioaddr
Note, only compile tested this as do not have any
hardware with it in.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few netdev statistics to report transmitted and received bytes and
packets and a few obvious errors.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the statistics from the BGMAC's builtin MAC and return them to
user-space using the standard ethtool helpers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing different helpers to be utilized against
network devices created by the bgmac driver, make sure that we bind the
net_device with core->dev.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I am not sure mlx4_en_netpoll() is doing anything useful right now.
mlx4 has different NAPI structures for RX and TX, and netpoll only wants
to drain TX queues.
Lets schedule NAPI polls on TX, not RX.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Blue flame is a latency enhancement feature that allows the driver to
write the packet data directly to the NIC's registers thus making the
read of the packet data from host memory redundant.
We maintain a quota for the blue flame which is reloaded whenever we
identify that the hardware is processing send requests and processes
them fast enough so by the time we post the next send request it was
able to process all the pending ones. This indicates that the hardware
is capable of processing more blue flame requests efficiently. The blue
flame quota is decremented whenever we send using blue flame.
The current code erroneously clears the budget if we did not use blue
flame for the current post send operation and we fix it here.
Fixes: 88a85f99e5 ('net/mlx5e: TX latency optimization to save DMA reads')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation copies the flow of ndo_stop instead of
calling it explicitly, Fixed it.
Fixes: 5fc7197d3a ("net/mlx5: Add pci shutdown callback")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the mc_promisc flag also in the case of adding new mc address to
existing allmulti vport.
Fixes: a35f71f27a ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement promiscuous rx modes vf request handling')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In RoCE, the RDMA-CM needs the node guid to establish connection
between nodes.
Today, the node guid exposed to mlx5 Ethernet VFs is zero, therefore
RDMA-CM on the VF is broken.
Whenever the administrator sets a MAC for a VF, derive the node guid
from it and set it as well in the following way:
MAC: e4:1d:2d:b3:f4:01 -> node_guid: e4:1d:2d:ff:fe:b3:f4:01
Fixes: 77256579c6 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce Vport...')
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder vport enable flow to mark the vport as enabled before calling
the vport change handler which was modified to handle the case for
when vport is not enabled.
This fixes the case for when the PF netdev is open before sriov is
enabled, once sriov is enabled at esw_enable_vport,
esw_vport_change_handle_locked didn't read the PF context since it
thought the PF vport was not enabled.
When we enable the vport, arming for events is not required anymore,
since it's done on the vport change handle
Fixes: 586cfa7f1d ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport event handler for vport cleanup')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 flow-steering API (mlx5_create_flow_table/group/rule) never
returns null pointer on error. Even if it was doing that, checking
for IS_ERR_OR_NULL(p) and then returning PTR_ERR(p) would have cause
bugs, since PTR_ERR(NULL) --> success, crash.
To make things more robust and protect against related future bugs,
convert all IS_ERR_OR_NULL checks on returned values to IS_ERR.
Fixes: 5742df0f7d ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce VST vport ingress/egress ACLs')
Fixes: 86d722ad2c ('net/mlx5: Use flow steering infrastructure for mlx5_en')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must use kvfree() for something that could have been allocated with vzalloc(),
do that.
Fixes: 5742df0f7d ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce VST vport ingress/egress ACLs')
Fixes: 86d722ad2c ('net/mlx5: Use flow steering infrastructure for mlx5_en')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing capabilities check for E-Switch FDB and ACLs flow
tables before creating their namespace in flow steering.
Fixes: efdc810ba3 ('net/mlx5: Flow steering, Add vport ACL support')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow steering infrastructure is currently used only on link layer
ethernet, therefore the driver should initialize the flow steering
when the device link layer is ethernet.
In addition, add missing capability check before initializing the
namespace of NIC RX flow tables.
Fixes: 2530236303 ('net/mlx5_core: Flow steering tree initialization')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we destroy the last flow table we need to update
the root_ft to NULL.
It fixes an issue for when the last flow table is destroyed
and recreated again, root_ft pointer will not be updated,
as a result traffic will be dropped.
Fixes: 2cc43b494a ('net/mlx5_core: Managing root flow table')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mask the reserved bits when reading the number of newly
created XRCD.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rtnl_fill_ifinfo() is called for a certain netdevice it queries its
various parameters such as switch id and physical port name. The
function might get called in an atomic context, which means the
underlying driver must not sleep during the query operation.
Don't query the device and sleep during ndo_get_phys_port_name(), but
instead store the needed parameters in port creation time.
Fixes: 2bf9a58675 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support for physical port names")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port is created following a split / unsplit we need to map it to
the correct module and lane, enable it and then continue to initialize
its various parameters such as MTU and VLAN filters.
Under certain conditions, such as trying to split ports at the bottom
row of the front panel by four, we get firmware errors.
After evaluating this with the firmware team it was decided to alter the
split / unsplit flow, so that first all the affected ports are mapped,
then enabled and finally each is initialized separately.
Fix the split / unsplit flow by first mapping and enabling all the
affected ports. Newer firmware versions will support both flows.
Fixes: 18f1e70c41 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce port splitting")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXVJo5AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGjioH/3H8Q26FP83Bprhrh3y5EYmz
QSWbq5f5XHGVp4sqc45qdozklh11PrMPkNJQPT2HCTgmtzgeTX5EW9TFaQM/Ubrm
NeYnBW0tTcLP2PhfOyOIJOjE3R1oEYIRQ7zzdOZleViYaqAW2g0frYK0l8AY/KAv
z9mJ8s7xieqSzNTyKNfDPIciT/mO2KMbEHu92EiAkjeCfhuVxUO6PR4wLeZb/85H
I/cOFupU1166xeOZUR0lltvPMz8JznOUB0pg2Ma67TqsNGsPPfsmxEPFlALTTJk/
0V/hVyL4BgvO22LXwMoIxnUcwq/F3ZtlDJRhubeX7m5aS9x2Pb5mQ/g1ko0CXJA=
=5hXk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Backmerge tag 'v4.7-rc2' into drm-next
Daniel has a pull request that relies on stuff in fixes that are in rc2.
7000-series SFC NICs connected with an SFP+ module currently fail to
report any supported link speeds.
Reported-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the interfaces for ieee/cee dcbnl callbacks and registers
them with the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the implementation for both cee/ieee dcbnl callbacks by
using the qed query/config APIs.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Query API reads the dcbx data from the device shared memory and return it
to the caller. The config API configures the user provided dcbx values on
the device, and initiates the dcbx negotiation with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current code "ent_per_page" could be more than "conn_num" making
"conn_num" negative after the subtraction. In the next iteration
through the loop then the negative is treated as a very high positive
meaning we don't put a limit on "ent_num". It could lead to memory
corruption.
Fixes: dbb799c397 ('qed: Initialize hardware for new protocols')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we do not distribute queue resources to enable RSS for VFs
in multi-channel/partition configurations.
Fix this by having each PF(SRIOV capable) calculate it's share of the
15 RSS Policy Tables available per port before provisioning resources for
all the VFs.
This proportional share calculation is done based on division of the
PF's MAX VFs with the Total MAX VFs on that port. It also needs to
learn about the no: of NIC PFs on the port and subtract that from
the 15 RSS Policy Tables on the port.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skyhawk does support wake-up from ACPI shutdown state - S5, provided the
platform supports it (like Auxiliary power source etc). The changes listed
below are done to fix this.
1) There's no need to defer the HW configuration of WOL to be_suspend().
Remove this in be_suspend() and move it to be_set_wol() ethtool function
so it is configured directly in the context of ethtool. This automatically
takes care of the shutdown case.
2) The driver incorrectly uses WOL_CAP field in the FW response to
get_acpi_wol_cap() command, to determine if WOL is enabled. Instead the
driver must rely on the macaddr field in the response to infer WOL state.
3) In be_get_config() during init, if we find that WOL is enabled in FW,
call pci_enable_wake() to enable pmcsr.pme_en bit. This is needed to
support persistent WOL configuration provided by the FW in some platforms.
4) Remove code in be_set_wol() that writes to PCICFG_PM_CONTROL_OFFSET
to set pme_en bit; pci_enable_wake() sets that.
Fixes: 028991e49 ("Enabling Wake-on-LAN is not supported in S5 state")
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the PF driver provisions resources for VFs, it currently only looks
at max RSS queues available to calculate the number of VF queue pairs.
This logic breaks when there are less number of TX-queues than RSS-queues.
This patch fixes this problem by using the max-TXQs available in the
PF-pool in the calculations. As a part of this change the
be_calculate_vf_qs() routine is renamed as be_calculate_vf_res() and the
code that calculates limits on other related resources is moved here to
contain all resource calculation code inside one routine.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistakes and add missing newline in pr_err
messages
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since both CTAG and STAG rx acceleration must be enabled together, we
only need to check one feature flag (NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX) before
calling __vlan_hwaccel_put_tag().
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware can only be set to strip or not strip both the VLAN CTAG and
STAG. It cannot strip one and not strip the other. Add logic to
bnxt_fix_features() to toggle both feature flags when the user is toggling
one of them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the is_push flag in the software BD before the tx data is pushed to
the chip. It is possible to get the tx interrupt as soon as the tx data
is pushed. The tx handler will not handle the event properly if the
is_push flag is not set and it will crash.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadocm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a future VF would send the PF an unknown message, the PF today would
not send a reply. This would have 2 bad effects:
a. VF would have to timeout on the request.
b. If VF were to send an additional message to PF, firmware would mark
it as malicious.
Instead, if there's some valid reply-address on the message - let the PF
answer and tell the VF it doesn't know the message.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only limitation relating to MACs the PF enforce today on its VFs
is in case it has a forced-unicast MAC address for them, in which case
they can't configure other unicast addresses.
Specifically, the PF isn't enforcing the number of MAC addresse a VF can
configure regardless of the nubmer of such filters agreed upon by PF and
VF during the acquisition process.
PF's shadow-config is now extended to also contain information about its
VFs' unicast addresses configuration, allowing such enforcement.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, the VF is aware of its queues context-ids, and calculates the
doorbell address when opening its queues on its own.
The configuration of doorbells in HW can sometime in the future be changed
by the PF [hw has several configurable features that might affect doorbell
addresses, e.g., dpm support], this would break compatibility with older
VFs as their calculated doorbell addresses would be incorrect for such a
configuration.
In order to avoid such a backward compatibility failure, let the PF make
the calculation of the doorbell offset based on the context-id, and pass
that to the VF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several requests the VF can make toward the PF which the driver
would pass to firmware without checking the validity first - specifically,
opening queues and updating vports. Such configurations might cause the
firmware to assert.
This adds validation of the legality of said configurations on the PF side
before passing it onward via ramrod to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the goals of the vf's first message to the PF [acquire]
is to learn about the number of resources available to it [macs, vlans,
etc.]. This is done via negotiation - the VF requires a set of resources,
which the PF either approves or disaproves and sends a smaller set of
resources as alternative. In this later case, the VF is then expected to
either abort the probe or re-send the acquire message with less
required resources.
While this infrastructure exists since the initial submision of qed
SRIOV support, it's in fact completely inoperational - PF isn't really
looking into the resources the VF has asked for and is never going to
reply to the VF that it lacks resources.
This patch addresses this flow, fixing it and allowing the PF and VF
to actually agree on a set of resources.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver require an exact match between VF and PF storm firmware;
Any difference would fail the VF acquire message, causing the VF probe
to be aborted.
While there's still dependencies between the two, the recent FW submission
has relaxed the match requirement - instead of an exact match, there's now
a 'fastpath' HSI major/minor scheme, where VFs and PFs that match in their
major number can co-exist even if their minor is different.
In order to accomadate this change some changes in the vf-start init flow
had to be made, as the VF start ramrod now has to be sent only after PF
learns which fastpath HSI its VF is requiring.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
(&db_wq->wk.work which maps to check_db_timeout) is involved
in normal device operation. WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee
forward progress under memory pressure, which is a requirement here.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
(&cwq->wk.work which maps to oct_poll_req_completion) is involved
in normal device operation. WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee
forward progress under memory pressure, which is a requirement here.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since implementing VLAN filtering in commit 05cc5a39dd
("bnx2x: add vlan filtering offload") bnx2x refuses to add a VLAN while
the interface is down:
# ip link add link enp3s0f0 enp3s0f0_10 type vlan id 10
RTNETLINK answers: Bad address
and in dmesg (with bnx2x.debug=0x20):
bnx2x: [bnx2x_vlan_rx_add_vid:12941(enp3s0f0)]Ignoring VLAN
configuration the interface is down
Other drivers have no problem with this.
Fix this peculiar behavior in the following way:
- Accept requests to add/kill VID regardless of the device state.
Maintain the requested list of VIDs in the bp->vlan_reg list.
- If the device is up, try to configure the VID list into the hardware.
If we run out of VLAN credits or encounter a failure configuring an
entry, fall back to accepting all VLANs.
If we successfully configure all entries from the list, turn the
fallback off.
- Use the same code for reconfiguring VLANs during NIC load.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enet needs to get configration parameter by acpi. This patch
adds support of ACPI for enet. The configuration parameter will
be configed in BIOS.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The miscellaneous operation is implemented in BIOS, the kernel can call
_DSM method help to call the implementation in ACPI case. Here is a patch
to do that.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ACPI case, there is no interface to register phy device to mdio-bus.
Phy device has to be registered itself to mdio-bus, and then enet can
get the phy device's info so that it can config the phy-device to help
to trasmit and receive data.
HNS hardware topology is as below. The MDIO controller may control several
PHY-devices, and each PHY-device connects to a MAC device. PHY-devices
will register when each mac find PHY device in initial sequence.
cpu
|
|
-------------------------------------------
| | |
| | |
| dsaf |
MDIO | MDIO
| --------------------------- |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC |
| | | | | |
---- |-------- |-------- | | --------
|| || || ||
PHY PHY PHY PHY
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dsaf needs to get configuration parameter by ACPI, so this patch add
support of ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The misc operation for different hw platform may be different, if using
current implementation, it will add a new branch on each function for
every new hw platform, so we add a method for this operation.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As device_node is only used by DT case, HNS needs to treat the other
cases including ACPI. It needs to use uniform ways to handle both of
DT and ACPI. This patch chooses phy_device, and of_phy_connect and
of_phy_attach are only used by DT case. It needs to use uniform interface
to handle that sequence by both DT and ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As device_node is only used by DT case, it is expected to find uniform
ways. So fwnode_handle is the suitable method.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As irq_of_parse_and_map is only used by DT case, it is excepted to use
a uniform interface. So it is used platform_get_irq() instead.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OF series functions can be used only for DT case. Use unified
device property function instead to support both DT and ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns-mdio needs to register itself to mii-bus. The info of the device can
be read by both DT and ACPI.
HNS tries to call Linux PHY driver to help access PHY-devices, the HNS
hardware topology is as below. The MDIO controller may control several
PHY-devices, and each PHY-device connects to a MAC device. The MDIO will
be registered to mdiobus, then PHY-devices will register when each mac
find PHY device.
cpu
|
|
-------------------------------------------
| | |
| | |
| dsaf |
MDIO | MDIO
| --------------------------- |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC |
| | | | | |
---- |-------- |-------- | | --------
|| || || ||
PHY PHY PHY PHY
And the driver can handle reset sequence by _RST method in DSDT in ACPI
case.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hns-mdio only supports DT case now. do some cleanup to prepare
for introducing other cases later, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE and iSCSI would require some added/changed hw configuration in order
to properly run; The biggest single change being the requirement of
allocating and mapping host memory for several HW blocks that aren't being
used by qede [SRC, QM, TM, etc.].
In addition, whereas qede is only using context memory for HW blocks, the
new protocol would also require task memories to be added.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the ecore 2 new personalities in addition to
QED_PCI_ETH - QED_PCI_ISCSI and QED_PCI_ETH_ROCE.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the qed portion of the RoCE & iSCSI firmware HSI,
as well as adding several new common HSI files which would be required
by both qed and qed* protocols.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE driver is going to need a 32-bit chain [current chain implementation
for qed* currently supports only 16-bit producer/consumer chains].
This patch adds said support, as well as doing other slight tweaks and
modifications to qed's chain API.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an external Gigabit PHY is connected to either of the MACs we need to
be able to tell the PHY to use a delay. Not doing so will result in heavy
packet loss and/or data corruption when using PHYs such as the IC+ IP1001.
We tell the PHY which MII delay mode to use via the devictree.
The ethernet driver needs to be adapted to handle all 3 rgmii-*id modes
in the same way as normal rgmii when setting up the MAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MT7623 SoC has a builtin gigabit switch. If we want to use it, GMAC1
needs to be configured using a fixed link speed and flow control settings.
The easiest way to do this is to used the fixed-phy driver, allowing us to
reuse the existing mdio polling code to setup the MAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code will not setup the PHYs advertisement features correctly.
Fix this and properly advertise Gigabit features and properly handle
asymmetric pause frames.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <keyhaede@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently uses kfree() to clear the mii_bus. This is not the
correct way to clear the memory and mdiobus_free() should be used instead.
This patch fixes the two instances where this happens in the driver.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason in this lock. At least for now.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx-usecs shouldn't be changed while interface down/up.
Currently, for instance, if it's set to 100us, after interface
down/up it's 500us. It's a hidden bug that can lead to lavish
interrupt pacing time increasing while "down/up" up to max value.
Steps to reproduce:
- set rx-usecs to be 100us
- down/up interface
- read new unexpected rx-usecs
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the transmit hardware timestamping is enabled, an additional
TxBD would be added and would be set as the last TxBD with TXBD_LAST
and TXBD_INTERRUPT. However this has been broken by a patch recently.
This made the software couldn't get transmit hardware timestamps and
resulted in call trace. So, this patch is to fix this issue.
Fixes: 48963b4492 ("gianfar: Remove redundant ops for do_tstamp
from xmit()")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The New QED firmware contains several fixes, including:
- Wrong classification of packets in 4-port devices.
- Anti-spoof interoperability with encapsulated packets.
- Tx-switching of encapsulated packets.
It also slightly improves Tx performance of the device.
In addition, this firmware contains the necessary logic for
supporting iscsi & rdma, for which we plan on pushing protocol
drivers in the imminent future.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitems are involved
in normal device operation. Workitems &priv->rx_work and &priv->tx_work,
map to w5100_rx_work and w5100_tx_work respectively and are involved in
receiving and transmitting packets. Forward progress under
memory pressure is a requirement here.
create_workqueue has been replaced with alloc_workqueue with max_active
as 0 since there is no need for throttling the number of active work
items.
Since the driver may be used in memory reclaim path,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stmmac_mdio_reset() has been updated to use msleep rather udelay
(as some PHY requires a one second delay there).
It called from stmmac_resume() within the spin_lock_irqsave block
atomic context triggering 'scheduling while atomic'.
The stmmac_priv lock usage is not fully documented, but it seems
to protect the access to the MAC registers / DMA structures rather
than the MDIO bus or the PHY (which have separate locking),
so we can push the spin_lock after the stmmac_mdio_reset call.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Writing a non-zero value to the manual PAUSE frame register (MPR) starts
the transmission of a PAUSE frame.
A PAUSE frame is sent in ravb_emac_init(), but it is not expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Masaru Nagai <masaru.nagai.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc warns about qed_fill_link possibly accessing uninitialized data:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c: In function 'qed_fill_link':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:1170:35: error: 'link_caps' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
While this warning is only about the specific case of CONFIG_QED_SRIOV
being disabled but the function getting called for a VF (which should
never happen), another possibility is that qed_mcp_get_*() fails without
returning data.
This rearranges the code so we bail out in either of the two cases
and print a warning instead of accessing the uninitialized data.
The qed_link_output structure remains untouched in this case, but
all callers first call memset() on it, so at least we are not leaking
stack data then.
As discussed, we also use a compile-time check to ensure we never
use any of the VF code if CONFIG_QED_SRIOV is disabled, and the
PCI device table is updated to no longer bind to virtual functions
in that configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
priv is assigned to NULL however some of the early error exit paths to
label 'free' dereference priv, causing a null pointer dereference.
Move the label 'free' to just the free_netdev statement, and add a new
exit path 'free2' for the error cases were clk_disable_unprepare needs
calling before the final free.
Fixes issue found by CoverityScan, CID#113260
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's not much point, except compile test, enabling the stmmac
platform drivers unless their actual SoC is enabled. They're not
useful without it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use SET_RUNTIME_PM_OPS macro instead of assigning a member of
dev_pm_ops directly.
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The H/W manual recommends B'10 or B'11 in a value of the separation
filtering select bits in the receive configuration register (RCR.ESF).
When B'10 is set, frames from non-matching streams are discarded.
When B'11 is set, frames from non-matching streams are processed in
reception queue 0 (best effort).
This patch sets B'11 in ESF.
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: revised this commit message]
Signed-off-by: Masaru Nagai <masaru.nagai.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drm-intel-next-2016-05-22:
- cmd-parser support for direct reg->reg loads (Ken Graunke)
- better handle DP++ smart dongles (Ville)
- bxt guc fw loading support (Nick Hoathe)
- remove a bunch of struct typedefs from dpll code (Ander)
- tons of small work all over to avoid casting between drm_device and the i915
dev struct (Tvrtko&Chris)
- untangle request retiring from other operations, also fixes reset stat corner
cases (Chris)
- skl atomic watermark support from Matt Roper, yay!
- various wm handling bugfixes from Ville
- big pile of cdclck rework for bxt/skl (Ville)
- CABC (Content Adaptive Brigthness Control) for dsi panels (Jani&Deepak M)
- nonblocking atomic commits for plane-only updates (Maarten Lankhorst)
- bunch of PSR fixes&improvements
- untangle our map/pin/sg_iter code a bit (Dave Gordon)
drm-intel-next-2016-05-08:
- refactor stolen quirks to share code between early quirks and i915 (Joonas)
- refactor gem BO/vma funcstion (Tvrtko&Dave)
- backlight over DPCD support (Yetunde Abedisi)
- more dsi panel sequence support (Jani)
- lots of refactoring around handling iomaps, vma, ring access and related
topics culmulating in removing the duplicated request tracking in the execlist
code (Chris & Tvrtko) includes a small patch for core iomapping code
- hw state readout for bxt dsi (Ramalingam C)
- cdclk cleanups (Ville)
- dedupe chv pll code a bit (Ander)
- enable semaphores on gen8+ for legacy submission, to be able to have a direct
comparison against execlist on the same platform (Chris) Not meant to be used
for anything else but performance tuning
- lvds border bit hw state checker fix (Jani)
- rpm vs. shrinker/oom-notifier fixes (Praveen Paneri)
- l3 tuning (Imre)
- revert mst dp audio, it's totally non-functional and crash-y (Lyude)
- first official dmc for kbl (Rodrigo)
- and tons of small things all over as usual
* 'drm-intel-next' of git://anongit.freedesktop.org/drm-intel: (194 commits)
drm/i915: Revert async unpin and nonblocking atomic commit
drm/i915: Update DRIVER_DATE to 20160522
drm/i915: Inline sg_next() for the optimised SGL iterator
drm/i915: Introduce & use new lightweight SGL iterators
drm/i915: optimise i915_gem_object_map() for small objects
drm/i915: refactor i915_gem_object_pin_map()
drm/i915/psr: Implement PSR2 w/a for gen9
drm/i915/psr: Use ->get_aux_send_ctl functions
drm/i915/psr: Order DP aux transactions correctly
drm/i915/psr: Make idle_frames sensible again
drm/i915/psr: Try to program link training times correctly
drm/i915/userptr: Convert to drm_i915_private
drm/i915: Allow nonblocking update of pageflips.
drm/i915: Check for unpin correctness.
Reapply "drm/i915: Avoid stalling on pending flips for legacy cursor updates"
drm/i915: Make unpin async.
drm/i915: Prepare connectors for nonblocking checks.
drm/i915: Pass atomic states to fbc update functions.
drm/i915: Remove reset_counter from intel_crtc.
drm/i915: Remove queue_flip pointer.
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix negative error code usage in ATM layer, from Stefan Hajnoczi.
2) If CONFIG_SYSCTL is disabled, the default TTL is not initialized
properly. From Ezequiel Garcia.
3) Missing spinlock init in mvneta driver, from Gregory CLEMENT.
4) Missing unlocks in hwmb error paths, also from Gregory CLEMENT.
5) Fix deadlock on team->lock when propagating features, from Ivan
Vecera.
6) Work around buffer offset hw bug in alx chips, from Feng Tang.
7) Fix double listing of SCTP entries in sctp_diag dumps, from Xin
Long.
8) Various statistics bug fixes in mlx4 from Eric Dumazet.
9) Fix some randconfig build errors wrt fou ipv6 from Arnd Bergmann.
10) All of l2tp was namespace aware, but the ipv6 support code was not
doing so. From Shmulik Ladkani.
11) Handle on-stack hrtimers properly in pktgen, from Guenter Roeck.
12) Propagate MAC changes properly through VLAN devices, from Mike
Manning.
13) Fix memory leak in bnx2x_init_one(), from Vitaly Kuznetsov.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (62 commits)
sfc: Track RPS flow IDs per channel instead of per function
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix link detection for disabled autonegotiation
virtio_net: fix virtnet_open and virtnet_probe competing for try_fill_recv
bnx2x: avoid leaking memory on bnx2x_init_one() failures
fou: fix IPv6 Kconfig options
openvswitch: update checksum in {push,pop}_mpls
sctp: sctp_diag should dump sctp socket type
net: fec: update dirty_tx even if no skb
vlan: Propagate MAC address to VLANs
atm: iphase: off by one in rx_pkt()
atm: firestream: add more reserved strings
vxlan: Accept user specified MTU value when create new vxlan link
net: pktgen: Call destroy_hrtimer_on_stack()
timer: Export destroy_hrtimer_on_stack()
net: l2tp: Make l2tp_ip6 namespace aware
Documentation: ip-sysctl.txt: clarify secure_redirects
sfc: use flow dissector helpers for aRFS
ieee802154: fix logic error in ieee802154_llsec_parse_dev_addr
net: nps_enet: Disable interrupts before napi reschedule
net/lapb: tuse %*ph to dump buffers
...
Otherwise we get confused when two flows on different channels get the
same flow ID.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnx2x_init_bp() allocates memory with bnx2x_alloc_mem_bp() so if we
fail later in bnx2x_init_one() we need to free this memory
with bnx2x_free_mem_bp() to avoid leakages. E.g. I'm observing memory
leaks reported by kmemleak when a failure (unrelated) happens in
bnx2x_vfpf_acquire().
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If dirty_tx isn't updated, then dma_unmap_single
can be called twice.
This fixes a
[ 58.420980] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 58.425667] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 377 at /home/schurig/d/mkarm/linux-4.5/lib/dma-debug.c:1096 check_unmap+0x9d0/0xab8()
[ 58.436405] fec 2188000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver tries to free DMA memory it has not allocated [device address=0x0000000000000000] [size=66 bytes]
encountered by Holger
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Tested-by: <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since NAPI works by shutting down event interrupts when theres
work and turning them on when theres none, the net driver must
make sure that interrupts are disabled when it reschedules polling.
By calling napi_reschedule, the driver switches to polling mode,
therefor there should be no interrupt interference.
Any received packets will be handled in nps_enet_poll by polling the HW
indication of received packet until all packets are handled.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Noam Camus <noamca@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most users of IS_ERR_VALUE() in the kernel are wrong, as they
pass an 'int' into a function that takes an 'unsigned long'
argument. This happens to work because the type is sign-extended
on 64-bit architectures before it gets converted into an
unsigned type.
However, anything that passes an 'unsigned short' or 'unsigned int'
argument into IS_ERR_VALUE() is guaranteed to be broken, as are
8-bit integers and types that are wider than 'unsigned long'.
Andrzej Hajda has already fixed a lot of the worst abusers that
were causing actual bugs, but it would be nice to prevent any
users that are not passing 'unsigned long' arguments.
This patch changes all users of IS_ERR_VALUE() that I could find
on 32-bit ARM randconfig builds and x86 allmodconfig. For the
moment, this doesn't change the definition of IS_ERR_VALUE()
because there are probably still architecture specific users
elsewhere.
Almost all the warnings I got are for files that are better off
using 'if (err)' or 'if (err < 0)'.
The only legitimate user I could find that we get a warning for
is the (32-bit only) freescale fman driver, so I did not remove
the IS_ERR_VALUE() there but changed the type to 'unsigned long'.
For 9pfs, I just worked around one user whose calling conventions
are so obscure that I did not dare change the behavior.
I was using this definition for testing:
#define IS_ERR_VALUE(x) ((unsigned long*)NULL == (typeof (x)*)NULL && \
unlikely((unsigned long long)(x) >= (unsigned long long)(typeof(x))-MAX_ERRNO))
which ends up making all 16-bit or wider types work correctly with
the most plausible interpretation of what IS_ERR_VALUE() was supposed
to return according to its users, but also causes a compile-time
warning for any users that do not pass an 'unsigned long' argument.
I suggested this approach earlier this year, but back then we ended
up deciding to just fix the users that are obviously broken. After
the initial warning that caused me to get involved in the discussion
(fs/gfs2/dir.c) showed up again in the mainline kernel, Linus
asked me to send the whole thing again.
[ Updated the 9p parts as per Al Viro - Linus ]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/1/7/363
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/5/27/486
Acked-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org> # For nvmem part
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently 100g devices don't support minimum/maximum BW configurations,
yet link flaps might cause the driver to attempt to do such a
configuration. Prevent this just as we do for the maximum BW.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapter can support 100g in both MSIx and INTa, but not in MSI.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the HW configurations are currently missing for 100g devices.
This can cause various classification issues, as well as prevent device
from fully reaching line-rate.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When DCBx re-negotiation is occurring, the PF's configurations for
maximum and minimum bandwidth guarantees are currently lost.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 39651abd28 ("qed: add support for dcbx") is re-configuring
the QM hw-block as part of its sequence. This is done in attention
handling context which is non-sleepable, yet memory is allocated in
this flow using GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PFs and VFs differ in their registered ethtool operations,
but they're using a common function for get_sset_count().
As a result, `ethtool -i' for a VF would indicate it supports
selftest, although that's not the case.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver is using a FW-based GRO implementation, this has some
effects on its ability to cope with GRO enablement/disablement.
As a result, driver must perform an inner-reload as a result of a state
change in the offload configuration of said feature.
[Failure to do so means network stack would continue to receive
aggregated packets even though user requested the feature to be disabled].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF is currently ignoring the minimum provided by the API,
mistakenly using the maximum for minimum as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We simply can use the standard net_device stats.
We do not need to clear fields that are already 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4 uses a private struct net_device_stats in a vain attempt
to avoid races.
This is buggy because multiple cpus could call mlx4_en_get_stats()
at the same time, so ret_stats can not guarantee stable results.
To fix this, we need to switch to ndo_get_stats64() as this
method provides per-thread storage.
This allows to reduce mlx4_en_priv bloat.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_clear_stats() clears about everything but few TX ring
fields are missing :
- queue_stopped, wake_queue, tso_packets, xmit_more
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) mlx4_en_xmit() can increment priv->stats.tx_dropped, but this variable
is overwritten in mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS().
2) This increment was not SMP safe, as a port might have many TX queues.
Add a per TX ring tx_dropped to fix these issues.
This is u32 as mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS() will add a 32bit field.
So lets avoid bugs with SNMP agents having to cope with partial
overwraps. (One of these agents being bond_fold_stats())
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo in the driver, replace comma with a semicolon at the end
of statement. While using comma is a legal C here and probably does
not even generate compiler warning, it was unlikely the intention.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memcpy() currently copies mdio_bus_data into new_bus->irq, which
makes no sense, since the mdio_bus_data structure contains more than
just irqs. The code was likely supposed to copy mdio_bus_data->irqs
into the new_bus->irq instead, so fix this.
Fixes: e7f4dc3536 ("mdio: Move allocation of interrupts into core")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch follows Eric Dumazet's commit 7b70176421 for Atheros
atl1c driver to fix one exactly same bug in alx driver, that the
network link will be lost in 1-5 minutes after the device is up.
My laptop Lenovo Y580 with Atheros AR8161 ethernet device hit the
same problem with kernel 4.4, and it will be cured by Jarod Wilson's
commit c406700c for alx driver which get merged in 4.5. But there
are still some alx devices can't function well even with Jarod's
patch, while this patch could make them work fine. More details on
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70761
The debug shows the issue is very likely to be related with the RX
DMA address, specifically 0x...f80, if RX buffer get 0x...f80 several
times, their will be RX overflow error and device will stop working.
For kernel 4.5.0 with Jarod's patch which works fine with my
AR8161/Lennov Y580, if I made some change to the
__netdev_alloc_skb
--> __alloc_page_frag()
to make the allocated buffer can get an address with 0x...f80,
then the same error happens. If I make it to 0x...f40 or 0x....fc0,
everything will be still fine. So I tend to believe that the
0x..f80 address cause the silicon to behave abnormally.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70761
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ole Lukoie <olelukoie@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise, if we fail to allocate new PIO buffers, our TXQs will try to
use the old ones, which aren't there any more.
Fixes: 183233bec8 "sfc: Allocate and link PIO buffers; map them with write-combining"
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock used by the hwbm functions must be initialized by the
network driver. This commit fixes this lack and the following erros when
lockdep is enabled:
INFO: trying to register non-static key.
the code is fine but needs lockdep annotation.
turning off the locking correctness validator.
[<c010ff80>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c010bd08>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c010bd08>] (show_stack) from [<c032913c>] (dump_stack+0xb4/0xe0)
[<c032913c>] (dump_stack) from [<c01670e4>] (__lock_acquire+0x1f58/0x2060)
[<c01670e4>] (__lock_acquire) from [<c0167dec>] (lock_acquire+0xa4/0xd0)
[<c0167dec>] (lock_acquire) from [<c06f6650>] (_raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x54/0x68)
[<c06f6650>] (_raw_spin_lock_irqsave) from [<c058e830>] (hwbm_pool_add+0x1c/0xdc)
[<c058e830>] (hwbm_pool_add) from [<c043f4e8>] (mvneta_bm_pool_use+0x338/0x490)
[<c043f4e8>] (mvneta_bm_pool_use) from [<c0443198>] (mvneta_probe+0x654/0x1284)
[<c0443198>] (mvneta_probe) from [<c03b894c>] (platform_drv_probe+0x4c/0xb0)
[<c03b894c>] (platform_drv_probe) from [<c03b7158>] (driver_probe_device+0x214/0x2c0)
[<c03b7158>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c03b72c4>] (__driver_attach+0xc0/0xc4)
[<c03b72c4>] (__driver_attach) from [<c03b5440>] (bus_for_each_dev+0x68/0x9c)
[<c03b5440>] (bus_for_each_dev) from [<c03b65b8>] (bus_add_driver+0x1a0/0x218)
[<c03b65b8>] (bus_add_driver) from [<c03b79cc>] (driver_register+0x78/0xf8)
[<c03b79cc>] (driver_register) from [<c01018f4>] (do_one_initcall+0x90/0x1dc)
[<c01018f4>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c0900de4>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x15c/0x1fc)
[<c0900de4>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c06eed90>] (kernel_init+0x8/0x114)
[<c06eed90>] (kernel_init) from [<c0107910>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x24)
Fixes: baa11ebc0c ("net: mvneta: Use the new hwbm framework")
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the coding error in determining the enable flag for
the application/protocol. The enable flag should be set for all protocols
but the eth.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One timer, whose handler keeps reading on MMIO register for EEH
core to detect error in time, is started when the PCI device driver
is loaded. MMIO register can't be accessed during PE reset in EEH
recovery. Otherwise, the unexpected recursive error is triggered.
The timer isn't closed that time if the interface isn't brought
up. So the unexpected recursive error is seen during EEH recovery
when the interface is down.
This avoids the unexpected recursive EEH error by closing the timer
in qlge_io_error_detected() before EEH PE reset unconditionally. The
timer is started unconditionally after EEH PE reset in qlge_io_resume().
Also, the timer should be closed unconditionally when the device is
removed from the system permanently in qlge_io_error_detected().
Reported-by: Shriya R. Kulkarni <shriyakul@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"priority" needs to be signed for the error handling to work.
Fixes: 39651abd28 ('qed: add support for dcbx.')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the statement
assert(priv || priv->ae_handle);
the right side of || is only evaluated if priv is null.
v2:
As suggested by David Leight and David Miller the assert
statements are removed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull sparc updates from David Miller:
"Some 32-bit kgdb cleanups from Sam Ravnborg, and a hugepage TLB flush
overhead fix on 64-bit from Nitin Gupta"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc:
sparc64: Reduce TLB flushes during hugepte changes
aeroflex/greth: fix warning about unused variable
openprom: fix warning
sparc32: drop superfluous cast in calls to __nocache_pa()
sparc32: fix build with STRICT_MM_TYPECHECKS
sparc32: use proper prototype for trapbase
sparc32: drop local prototype in kgdb_32
sparc32: drop hardcoding trap_level in kgdb_trap
Pull networking fixes and more updates from David Miller:
1) Tunneling fixes from Tom Herbert and Alexander Duyck.
2) AF_UNIX updates some struct sock bit fields with the socket lock,
whereas setsockopt() sets overlapping ones with locking. Seperate
out the synchronized vs. the AF_UNIX unsynchronized ones to avoid
corruption. From Andrey Ryabinin.
3) Mount BPF filesystem with mount_nodev rather than mount_ns, from
Eric Biederman.
4) A couple kmemdup conversions, from Muhammad Falak R Wani.
5) BPF verifier fixes from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Don't let tunneled UDP packets get stuck in socket queues, if
something goes wrong during the encapsulation just drop the packet
rather than signalling an error up the call stack. From Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
7) SKB ref after free in batman-adv, from Florian Westphal.
8) TCP iSCSI, ocfs2, rds, and tipc have to disable BH in it's TCP
callbacks since the TCP stack runs pre-emptibly now. From Eric
Dumazet.
9) Fix crash in fixed_phy_add, from Rabin Vincent.
10) Fix length checks in xen-netback, from Paul Durrant.
11) Fix mixup in KEY vs KEYID macsec attributes, from Sabrina Dubroca.
12) RDS connection spamming bug fixes from Sowmini Varadhan
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (152 commits)
net: suppress warnings on dev_alloc_skb
uapi glibc compat: fix compilation when !__USE_MISC in glibc
udp: prevent skbs lingering in tunnel socket queues
bpf: teach verifier to recognize imm += ptr pattern
bpf: support decreasing order in direct packet access
net: usb: ch9200: use kmemdup
ps3_gelic: use kmemdup
net:liquidio: use kmemdup
bpf: Use mount_nodev not mount_ns to mount the bpf filesystem
net: cdc_ncm: update datagram size after changing mtu
tuntap: correctly wake up process during uninit
intel: Add support for IPv6 IP-in-IP offload
ip6_gre: Do not allow segmentation offloads GRE_CSUM is enabled with FOU/GUE
RDS: TCP: Avoid rds connection churn from rogue SYNs
RDS: TCP: rds_tcp_accept_worker() must exit gracefully when terminating rds-tcp
net: sock: move ->sk_shutdown out of bitfields.
ipv6: Don't reset inner headers in ip6_tnl_xmit
ip4ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ip6ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ipv6: Set features for IPv6 tunnels
...
Fix following warning:
aeroflex/greth.c:1326:11: warning: unused variable 'phy' [-Wunused-variable]
The variable was unused - remove it.
It looks like this warning has been there forever - was found by an
allyesconfig build of sparc32.
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Kristoffer Glembo <kristoffer@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmemdup when some other buffer is immediately copied into allocated
region. It replaces call to allocation followed by memcpy, by a single
call to kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmemdup when some other buffer is immediately copied into allocated
region. It replaces call to allocation followed by memcpy, by a single
call to kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for offloading IPXIP6 type packets that represent
either IPv4 or IPv6 encapsulated inside of an IPv6 outer IP header. In
addition with this change we should also be able to support FOU
encapsulated traffic with outer IPv6 headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines two new GSO definitions SKB_GSO_IPXIP4 and
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 along with corresponding NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4 and
NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6. These are used to described IP in IP
tunnel and what the outer protocol is. The inner protocol
can be deduced from other GSO types (e.g. SKB_GSO_TCPV4 and
SKB_GSO_TCPV6). The GSO types of SKB_GSO_IPIP and SKB_GSO_SIT
are removed (these are both instances of SKB_GSO_IPXIP4).
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 will be used when support for GSO with IP
encapsulation over IPv6 is added.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Updates to the new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- Updates to the hfi1 driver
- Fixes for the iw_cxgb4 driver
- Misc core fixes
- Generic RDMA READ/WRITE API addition
- SRP updates
- Misc ipoib updates
- Minor mlx5 updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=e+Zv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Primary 4.7 merge window changes
- Updates to the new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- Updates to the hfi1 driver
- Fixes for the iw_cxgb4 driver
- Misc core fixes
- Generic RDMA READ/WRITE API addition
- SRP updates
- Misc ipoib updates
- Minor mlx5 updates"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (148 commits)
IB/mlx5: Fire the CQ completion handler from tasklet
net/mlx5_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
IB/core: Do not require CAP_NET_ADMIN for packet sniffing
IB/mlx4: Fix unaligned access in send_reply_to_slave
IB/mlx5: Report Scatter FCS device capability when supported
IB/mlx5: Add Scatter FCS support for Raw Packet QP
IB/core: Add Scatter FCS create flag
IB/core: Add Raw Scatter FCS device capability
IB/core: Add extended device capability flags
i40iw: pass hw_stats by reference rather than by value
i40iw: Remove unnecessary synchronize_irq() before free_irq()
i40iw: constify i40iw_vf_cqp_ops structure
IB/mlx5: Add UARs write-combining and non-cached mapping
IB/mlx5: Allow mapping the free running counter on PROT_EXEC
IB/mlx4: Use list_for_each_entry_safe
IB/SA: Use correct free function
IB/core: Fix a potential array overrun in CMA and SA agent
IB/core: Remove unnecessary check in ibnl_rcv_msg
IB/IWPM: Fix a potential skb leak
RDMA/nes: replace custom print_hex_dump()
...
Driver incorrectly uses dma_unmap_addr_set() to set
a variable which is in truth a dma_addr_t
[i.e not defined using DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR()] and is
being used by the driver flows other than unmapping
physical addresses. This patch fixes driver fastpath
where CONFIG_NEED_DMA_MAP_STATE is not set.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many developers already know that field for reference count of the
struct page is _count and atomic type. They would try to handle it
directly and this could break the purpose of page reference count
tracepoint. To prevent direct _count modification, this patch rename it
to _refcount and add warning message on the code. After that, developer
who need to handle reference count will find that field should not be
accessed directly.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comments, per Vlastimil]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt too]
[sfr@canb.auug.org.au: sync ethernet driver changes]
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
page_reference manipulation functions are introduced to track down
reference count change of the page. Use it instead of direct
modification of _count.
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
(a && a > 0) is equivalent to (a > 0).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehea_get_port may return NULL. Do not dereference NULL value.
Fixes: 8c4877a412 ("ehea: Use the standard logging functions")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function bgx_lmac_handler only use a member of
lmac after checking it is not null.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, we've fired all our completion callbacks straight from
our ISR.
Some of those callbacks were lightweight (for example, mlx5 Ethernet
napi callbacks), but some of them did more work (for example,
the user-space RDMA stack uverbs' completion handler). Besides that,
doing more than the minimal work in ISR is generally considered wrong,
it could even lead to a hard lockup of the system. Since when a lot
of completion events are generated by the hardware, the loop over
those events could be so long, that we'll get into a hard lockup by
the system watchdog.
In order to avoid that, add a new way of invoking completion events
callbacks. In the interrupt itself, we add the CQs which receive
completion event to a per-EQ list and schedule a tasklet. In the
tasklet context we loop over all the CQs in the list and invoke the
user callback.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The current logic around the 'use_dac' module parameter prevents the
r81969 driver from being loadable on 64-bit systems without any RAM
below 4 GB when the parameter is left at its default value.
So introduce a new default value -1 which indicates that 64-bit DMA
should be enabled on sufficiently recent PCIe chips, i.e., versions
RTL_GIGA_MAC_VER_18 or later. Explicit param values of 0 or 1 retain
the existing behavior of unconditionally enabling/disabling 64-bit DMA
on 64-bit architectures (i.e., regardless of the type and version of the
chip)
Since PCIe chips do not need to CPlusCmd Dual Address Cycle to be set,
make that conditional on the device type as well.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem is that fib_info->nh is [0] so the struct fib_info
allocation size depends on number of nexthops. If we just copy fib_info,
we do not copy the nexthops info and driver accesses memory which is not
ours.
Given the fact that fib4 does not defer operations and therefore it does
not need copy, just pass the pointer down to drivers as it was done
before.
Fixes: 850d0cbc91 ("switchdev: remove pointers from switchdev objects")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ethernet devices, net_device.name will be eth%d before
register_netdev() is called. Don't print the net_device name until
the format string is replaced.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Hunt <harvey.hunt@imgtec.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Cc: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Cc: Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary driver support for Management Firmware to
configure the device/firmware with the dcbx results. Management Firmware
is responsible for communicating the DCBX and driving the negotiation,
but the driver has responsibility of receiving async notification and
configuring the results in hw/fw. This patch also adds the dcbx support for
future protocols (e.g., FCoE) as preparation to their imminent submission.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reopening the network device on ra7795/salvator-x, e.g. after a
DHCP timeout:
IP-Config: Reopening network devices...
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 139. 00000000 (eth0:ch0:rx_be) vs. 00000000 (ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: cannot request IRQ eth0:ch0:rx_be
IP-Config: Failed to open eth0
IP-Config: No network devices available
The "mismatch" is due to requesting an IRQ that is already in use,
while IRQF_PROBE_SHARED wasn't set.
However, the real cause is that ravb_close() doesn't release any of the
R-Car Gen3-specific secondary IRQs.
Add the missing free_irq() calls to fix this.
Fixes: f51bdc236b ("ravb: Add dma queue interrupt support")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This line was indented more than it should be.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-16
This series contains 2 fixes to ixgbe only.
Emil fixes transmit hangs when enabling SRIOV by swapping the parameters
in GENMASK in order to generate the correct mask.
Alex fixes his previous patch b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support
for GSO partial") where he somehow transposed the location of setting
the VLAN features in netdev->features and the configuration of the
vlan_features.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Backmerge request by Jani to get at
commit 249c4f538b
Author: Deepak M <m.deepak@intel.com>
Date: Wed Mar 30 17:03:39 2016 +0300
drm: Add new DCS commands in the enum list
Some simple conflicts in intel_dp.c.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@intel.com>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f748be531d ("stmmac: support new GMAC4") reverted a previous fix
by mistake. This commit re-applies said fix:
commit dec2165ff3
Author: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Date: Thu Jan 22 14:55:57 2015 +0800
stmmac: hardware TX COE doesn't work when force_thresh_dma_mode is set
Clear the TX COE bit when force_thresh_dma_mode is set even hardware
dma capability says support.
Tested on BF609.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested on LPC4350 Hitex board.
Fixes: f748be531d ("stmmac: support new GMAC4")
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like at some point I somehow transposed the location of setting
the VLAN features in netdev->features and the configuration of the
vlan_features. As a result the driver is now generating a warning about
vlan_features being setup incorrectly.
This patch corrects that by placing the update of netdev->features to
include the VLAN features so that it is after the point where we write
netdev->features into netdev->vlan_features.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Swap the parameters in GENMASK in order to generate the correct mask.
This change fixes Tx hangs when enabling SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF's probe might log that it has no PM capability in its PCI configuration
space. As this is a valid configuration, silence such prints.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-function modes, PFs are currently limited to using 16 VFs -
But that limitation would also currently apply in case there's a single
PCI function exposed, where no such restriction should have existed.
This lifts the restriction for the default mode; User should be able
to start the maximum number of VFs as appear in the PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF updates its VFs' bulletin boards with link configurations whenever
the physical carrier changes or whenever hyper-user explicitly requires
some setting of the VFs link via the hypervisor's PF.
Since the bulletin board is getting cleaned as part of the IOV disable
flow on the PF side, re-enabling sriov would lead to a VF that sees the
carrier as 'down', until an event causing the PF to re-fill the bulletin
with the link configuration would occur.
To fix this we simply refelect the link state during the flows, giving
the later VFs a default reflecting the PFs link state.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During FLR flow, need to make sure HW is no longer capable of writing to
host memory as part of its interrupt mechanisms.
While we're at it, unify the logic cleaning the driver's status-blocks
into using a single API function for both PFs and VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems like something broke in commit 1408cc1fa4 ("qed: Introduce VFs")
and the function no longer verifies that the vf is indeed a valid one.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent using uninitialized or negative index when handling
steering entries.
Fixes: b12d93d63c ('mlx4: Add support for promiscuous mode in the new steering model.')
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support to specify the MAC address by 'mac-address' or
'local-mac-address' properties in the device tree. These are common
properties for the Ethernet controller.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This increases TX timeout period from one second to 5 seconds which is
the default value if the driver doesn't explicitly set
net_device->watchdog_timeo.
The one second timeout is too short for W5100 with SPI interface mode
which doesn't support burst READ/WRITE processing in the SPI transfer.
If the packet is transmitted while RX packets are being received at a
very high rate, the TX transmittion work in the workqueue is delayed
and the watchdog timer is expired.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
W5500 has different bit position for MAC filter in Socket n mode
register from W5100 and W5200.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The is_w5200() function is not used anymore by the commit which adds
the W5500 support.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce support in updating statistics of offloaded TC flower
classifiers. Currently only the DROP action is supported.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a counter has the aging flag set when created, it is added to a list
of counters that will be queried periodically from a workqueue. query
result and last use timestamp are cached.
add/del counter must be very efficient since thousands of such
operations might be issued in a second.
There is only a single reference to counters without aging, therefore
no need for locks.
But, counters with aging enabled are stored in a list. In order to make
code as lockless as possible, all the list manipulation and access to
hardware is done from a single context - the periodic counters query
thread.
The hardware supports multiple counters per FTE, however currently we
are using one counter for each FTE.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding a flow steering rule with a counter, need to supply a
destination of type MLX5_FLOW_DESTINATION_TYPE_COUNTER, with a pointer
to a struct mlx5_fc.
Also, MLX5_FLOW_CONTEXT_ACTION_COUNT bit should be set in the action.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Getting packet/byte statistics on flows is done through flow counters.
Implement the firmware commands to alloc, free and query flow counters.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the pxa168_eth driver to use the dma_rmb/wmb calls instead of the
full barriers in order to improve performance: reduced 97ns/39ns on
average in tx/rx path on Marvell BG4CT platform.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since appropriate memory barriers are already there, use the relaxed
version to improve performance a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-14
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Kevin adds support to disable link on all ports and changes bits set
for telling firmware the PHY needs to be modified by the driver.
Anjali adds a feature to enable/disable all multicast for a trusted
VF. Added priv-flag knob to configure global true promiscuous
support.
Shannon adds the support code for calling the admin queue API call
aq_set_switch_config().
Mitch modifies the VF, to log a message if an untrusted VF attempts to
configure promiscuous mode, but lies to it and returns everything is ok
instead of returning an error. Corrects the logic for reporting the
receive packet hash. Fixed the adding of a broadcast filter for VFs,
since that all VSIs are configured to receive broadcasts as default,
so do not need to add a filter.
Catherine refactors the ethtool get_settings to report the possible
supported link modes from what we know about the current PHY type and
that with the firmware supported PHY types.
Jacob changes the driver to use WARN_ONCE in order to highlight the
issue, but do not display a warning every time when receive hang
message is received.
Akeem corrects receive ptype payload layer for non_tunneled IPv6, when
it should be layer 4 for UDP, instead of layer 3.
Dan Carpenter fixes an uninitialized variable bug.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the weaker but more appropriate dma_rmb() to order the reading of
the completion ring.
Suggested-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code is more complicated than necessary and can only report
unsupported SFP+ module if it is plugged in after the device is up.
Rename bnxt_port_module_event() to bnxt_get_port_module_status(). We
already have the current module_status in the link_info structure, so
just check that and report any unsupported SFP+ module status. Delete
the unnecessary last_port_module_event. Call this function at the
end of bnxt_open to report unsupported module already plugged in.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The len value in the hwrm error message is wrong. Use the properly adjusted
value in the variable len.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code has 2 problems:
1. The maximum wait time is not long enough. It is about 60% of the
duration specified by the firmware. It is calling usleep_range(600, 800)
for every 1 msec we are supposed to wait.
2. The granularity of the delay is too coarse. Many simple firmware
commands finish in 25 usec or less.
We fix these 2 issues by multiplying the original 1 msec loop counter by
40 and calling usleep_range(25, 40) for each iteration.
There is also a second delay loop to wait for the last DMA word to
complete. This delay loop should be a very short 5 usec wait.
This change results in much faster bring-up/down time:
Before the patch:
time ip link set p4p1 up
real 0m0.120s
user 0m0.001s
sys 0m0.009s
After the patch:
time ip link set p4p1 up
real 0m0.030s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.010s
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip supports 4K/8K/64K page sizes for the rings and we try to
match it to the CPU PAGE_SIZE. The current page size limits for the rings
are based on 4K/8K page size. If the page size is 64K, these limits are
too large. Reduce them appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to log a message during driver load indicating PCIe link
speed and width.
The log message will look like this:
bnxt_en 0000:86:00.0 eth0: PCIe: Speed 8.0GT/s Width x8
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to fetch the SFP EEPROM settings from the firmware
and display it via the ethtool -m command. We support SFP+ and QSFP
modules.
v2: Fixed a bug in bnxt_get_module_eeprom() found by Ben Hutchings.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is only 1 MSI-X vector or in INTA mode, tx and rx pre-set
max channel parameters are shown incorrectly in ethtool -l. With only 1
vector, bnxt_get_max_rings() will return -ENOMEM. bnxt_get_channels
should check this return value, and set max_rx/max_tx to 0 if it is
non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <sbaddipa@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nf_conntrack_core.c fix in 'net' is not relevant in 'net-next'
because we no longer have a per-netns conntrack hash.
The ip_gre.c conflict as well as the iwlwifi ones were cases of
overlapping changes.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We removed this initialization but it is required. Let's put it back.
Fixes: 895106a577 ('i40e: trivial fixes')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that all VSIs are configured to receive broadcasts as default, we
don't need to add a filter. This eliminates an annoying but harmless
error message each time VFs are created or reset.
Change-ID: I4cd6339684df45b0d2722133eeb84c14fa93ea19
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This logic is inverted. If the RXHASH flag is set, then we should go
ahead and call skb_set_hash.
Change-ID: Ib2e30356dced1d3e939c8061ab6ad5bd94197e7c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the SR-IOV VSIs, when the queue filtering section is valid,
the RSS LUT needs to be set to use the VSI specific lookup table
(otherwise it will use the PF RSS LUT table).
Change-ID: Ia9377cc818078238a75c3bdeade1b593a91b3480
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects Rx ptype payload layer for non_tunneled ipv6. It
should be layer 4 for UDP, instead of layer 3.
Change-ID: I9382e4458ab3c4e58f6d2e9f195d5d4ee513805e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use WARN_ONCE in order to highlight the issue, but don't display
a warning every time. The user should be able to see the ethtool counter
we created if necessary to see how often it is occurring.
Change-ID: I40c4ea159819b64a7d33b7f5716749089791533a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we were only looking at the FW supported PHY types if link
was down, because we want to be more specific when link is up. This
refactor changes this. When link is down, we still rely on the FW
supported PHY types, but when link is up, we select the possible
supported link modes from what we know about the current PHY type, and
AND that with the FW supported PHY types.
Change-ID: Ice5dad83f2a17932b0b8b59f07439696ad6aa013
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an untrusted VF attempts to configure promiscuous mode, log a message
pointing out its naughty behavior. But then, instead of returning an
error to the offender, just lie to it and say everything's OK. It will
continue on its way, thinking it's in promiscuous mode, but receiving no
packets except its own.
Change-ID: I63369215b1720f3c531eedfc06af86ff8c0e3dc8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds priv-flag knob to configure global true promisc
support. With this patch the user can decide the flavor of
promiscuous that the VFs will see when promiscuous mode is enabled
on the interface. Since this a global setting for the whole device,
the priv-flag is exposed only on the first PF of the device.
The default is true promisc support is off, which means the promisc
mode for the VF will be limited/defport mode.
For the PF, we still will be in limited promisc unless in MFP mode
irrespective of the flavor picked through this knob.
Usage:
On PF0
ethtool --show-priv-flags p261p1
Private flags for p261p1:
MFP : off
LinkPolling : off
flow-director-atr : on
veb-stats : off
hw-atr-eviction : off
vf-true-promisc-support: off
to enable setting true promisc
ethtool --set-priv-flags p261p1 vf-true-promisc-support on
At this point if the VF is set to trust and promisc is enabled
on the VF through
ip link set ... promisc on
The VF/VFs will be able to see ALL ingress traffic
Change-Id: I8fac4b6eb1af9ca77b5376b79c50bdce5055bd94
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the support code for calling the AdminQ API call aq_set_switch_config
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables a feature to enable/disable all multicast
for a trusted VF.
Change-Id: I926eba7f8850c8d40f8ad7e08bbe4056bbd3985f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add flag to tell firmware to disable link on all ports.
This patch changes the bits set for telling firmware the PHY needs
to be modified by driver. Without this patch, the setting will only
set that mode for the current port on the device. Because the
MDIO interface is common for the copper device. The command needs to
set the mode for all ports.
Change-ID: I8baa7da91d384291ac95b41ae1a516604f8eb67f
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes SG_RX_DV_GATE_REG_0_ADDR register offset
and ring state field lengths.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the race condition on updating the statistics
counters by moving the counters to the ring structure.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses ununiform latency across queues by adding
more queues to match with, upto number of CPU cores.
Also, number of interrupts are increased and the channel numbers
are reordered.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hardware doesn't allow sharing of interrupts,
this patch fixes the same by removing IRQF_SHARED flag.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the crash observed during IPv4 forward test by
setting the drop field in the dbptr.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FID value in a ULP_MEMIO command needs to be set to an IQ ID of
a queue configured for our PF. The FID/IQ id is used to index into the
PCIE FID table, to find out on which function the DMA needs to be
issued. Essentially, every DMA needs to have the ingress queue. The exact
ingress queue doesn't matter, but it needs to be an ingress queue
associated with the function you want to see the DMA on.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The e1000e_config_hwtstamp function was incorrectly resetting the SYSTIM
registers every time the ioctl was being run. If you happened to be
running ptp4l and lost the PTP connect (removing cable, or blocking the
UDP traffic for example), then ptp4l will eventually perform a restart
which involves re-requesting timestamp settings. In e1000e this has the
unfortunate and incorrect result of resetting SYSTIME to the kernel
time. Since kernel time is usually in UTC, and PTP time is in TAI, this
results in the leap second being re-applied.
Fix this by extracting the SYSTIME reset out into its own function,
e1000e_ptp_reset, which we call during reset to restore the hardware
registers. This function will (a) restart the timecounter based on the
new system time, (b) restore the previous PPB setting, and (c) restore
the previous hwtstamp settings.
In order to perform (b), I had to modify the adjfreq ptp function
pointer to store the old delta each time it is called. This also has the
side effect of restoring the correct base timinca register correctly.
The driver does not need to explicitly zero the ptp_delta variable since
the entire adapter structure comes zero-initialized.
Reported-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_MASK value is shifted, out to the 31st bit, which
is the signed bit for signed constants. Mark these values as unsigned to
prevent compiler warnings and issues on platforms which a different
signed bit implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This prevents signed bitshift issues when the shift would overwrite the
signed bit, and prevents making this mistake in the future when copying
and modifying code.
Use GENMASK or the unsigned postfix for cases which aren't suitable for
BIT() macro.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To prevent signed bitshift issues, and improve code readability, use the
BIT() macro. Also make use of GENMASK or the unsigned postfix where this
is more appropriate than BIT()
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable rdlen is set but never used, and thus setting it is dead
code. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Table 7-62 on page 338 of the i210 datasheet lists TX and RX latencies
for the various speeds the chip supports. To give better PTP timestamp
accuracy, adjust the timestamps by the amounts Intel gives based on
current link speed.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
SYSTIMH:SYSTIML registers are incremented by 24-bit value TIMINCA[23..0]
er32(SYSTIML) are probably moderately expensive (they are pci bus reads).
Can we avoid one of them? Yes, we can.
If the SYSTIML value we see is smaller than 0xff000000, the overflow
into SYSTIMH would require at least two increments.
We do two reads, er32(SYSTIML) and er32(SYSTIMH), in this order.
Even if one increment happens between them, the overflow into SYSTIMH
is impossible, and we can avoid doing another er32(SYSTIML) read
and overflow check.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If two consecutive reads of the counter are the same, it is also
not an overflow. "systimel_1 < systimel_2" should be
"systimel_1 <= systimel_2".
Before the patch, we could perform an *erroneous* correction:
Let's say that systimel_1 == systimel_2 == 0xffffffff.
"systimel_1 < systimel_2" is false, we think it's an overflow,
we read "systimeh = er32(SYSTIMH)" which meanwhile had incremented,
and use "(systimeh << 32) + systimel_2" value which is 2^32 too large.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
"incvalue" variable holds a result of "er32(TIMINCA) &
E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK" and used in "do_div(temp, incvalue)"
as a divisor.
Thus, "u64 incvalue" declaration is probably a mistake.
Even though it seems to be a harmless one, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For bitshifts, we should make use of the BIT macro when possible, and
ensure that other bitshifts are marked as unsigned. This helps prevent
signed bitshift errors, and ensures similar style.
Make use of GENMASK and the unsigned postfix where BIT() isn't
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed the file to use a consistent ret_val for return value checking.
Signed-off-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issues for disabling auto-negotiation and forcing
speed and duplex settings for the non-copper media.
For non-copper media, e1000_get_settings should return ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID for
eth_tp_mdix_ctrl instead of ETH_TP_MDI_AUTO so subsequent e1000_set_settings
call would not fail with -EOPNOTSUPP.
e1000_set_spd_dplx should not automatically turn autoneg back on for forced
1000 Mbps full duplex settings for non-copper media.
Cc: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Shih <sshih@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_client_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
I tried to fix this before, but my previous fix was incomplete
and we can still get the same link error in randconfig builds
because of the way that Kconfig treats the
default y if MVNETA=y && MVNETA_BM_ENABLE
line that does not actually trigger when MVNETA_BM_ENABLE=m,
unlike I intended.
Changing the line to use MVNETA_BM_ENABLE!=n however has
the desired effect and hopefully makes all configurations
work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 019ded3aa7 ("net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies")
Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device should be configured by default to VEB once VFs are active.
This changes the configuration of both PFs' and VFs' vports into enabling
tx-switching once sriov is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows the user to view the VF configuration by observing the PF's
device.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in `ndo_set_vf_spoofchk' for allowing PF control over
its VF spoof-checking configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support in 2 ndo that allow PF to tweak the VF's view of the
link - `ndo_set_vf_link_state' to allow it a view independent of the PF's,
and `ndo_set_vf_rate' which would allow the PF to limit the VF speed.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows the PF to enforce the VF's mac.
i.e., by using `ip link ... vf <x> mac <value>'.
While a MAC is forced, PF would prevent the VF from configuring any other
MAC.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for PF control over the VF vlan configuration.
I.e., `ip link ... vf <x> vlan <vid>' should now be supported.
1. <vid> != 0 => VF receives [unknowingly] only traffic tagged by
<vid> and tags all outgoing traffic sent by VF with <vid>.
2. <vid> == 0 ==> Remove the pvid configuration, reverting to previous.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a PCI callback for `sriov_configure' and a new PCI device id for
the VF [+ Some minor changes to accomodate differences between PF and VF
at the qede].
Following this, VF creation should be possible and the entire subset of
existing PF functionality that's allow to VFs should be supported.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the VF infrastructure is supposed to offer backward/forward
compatibility, the various types associated with VF<->PF communication
should be aligned across all various platforms that support IOV
on our family of adapters.
This adds a couple of currently missing values, specifically aligning
the enum for the various TLVs possible in the communication between them.
It then adds the PF implementation for some of those missing VF requests.
This support isn't really necessary for the Linux VF as those VFs aren't
requiring it [at least today], but are required by VFs running on other
OSes. LRO is an example of one such configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up to this point, VF and PF communication always originates from VF.
As a result, VF cannot be notified of any async changes, and specifically
cannot be informed of the current link state.
This introduces the bulletin board, the mechanism through which the PF
is going to communicate async notifications back to the VF. basically,
it's a well-defined structure agreed by both PF and VF which the VF would
continuously poll and into which the PF would DMA messages when needed.
[Bulletin board is actually allocated and communicated in previous patches
but never before used]
Based on the bulletin infrastructure, the VF can query its link status
and receive said async carrier changes.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds sufficient changes to allow VFs l2-configuration flows to work.
While the fastpath of the VF and the PF are meant to be exactly the same,
the configuration of the VF is done by the PF.
This diverges all VF-related configuration flows that originate from a VF,
making them pass through the VF->PF channel and adding sufficient logic
on the PF side to support them.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While previous patches have already added the necessary logic to probe
VFs as well as enabling them in the HW, this patch adds the ability to
support VF FLR & SRIOV disable.
It then wraps both flows together into the first IOV callback to be
provided to the protocol driver - `configure'. This would later to be used
to enable and disable SRIOV in the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the qed VFs for the first time -
The vfs are limited functions, with a very different PCI bar structure
[when compared with PFs] to better impose the related security demands
associated with them.
This patch includes the logic neccesary to allow VFs to successfully probe
[without actually adding the ability to enable iov].
This includes diverging all the flows that would occur as part of the pci
probe of the driver, preventing VF from accessing registers/memories it
can't and instead utilize the VF->PF channel to query the PF for needed
information.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Communication between VF and PF is based on a dedicated HW channel;
VF will prepare a messge, and by signaling the HW the PF would get a
notification of that message existance. The PF would then copy the
message, process it and DMA an answer back to the VF as a response.
The messages themselves are TLV-based - allowing easier backward/forward
compatibility.
This patch adds the infrastructure of the channel on the PF side -
starting with the arrival of the notification and ending with DMAing
the response back to the VF.
It also adds a dummy-response as reference, as it only lays the
groundwork of the communication; it doesn't really add support of any
actual messages.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a new Kconfig option for qed* driver which would allow
[eventually] the support in VFs.
This patch adds the necessary logic in the PF to learn about the possible
VFs it will have to support [Based on PCI configuration space and HW],
and prepare a database with an entry per-VF as infrastructure for future
interaction with said VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add detection and recovery code when the hardware returned opaque value
does not match the expected consumer index. Once the issue is detected,
we skip the processing of all RX and LRO/GRO packets. These completion
entries are discarded without sending the SKB to the stack and without
producing new buffers. The function will be reset from a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a rare hardware bug that can cause a bad opaque value in the RX
or TPA completion. When this happens, the hardware may have used the
same buffer twice for 2 rx packets. In addition, the driver will also
crash later using the bad opaque as the index into the ring.
The rx opaque value is predictable and is always monotonically increasing.
The workaround is to keep track of the expected next opaque value and
compare it with the one returned by hardware during RX and TPA start
completions. If they miscompare, we will not process any more RX and
TPA completions and exit NAPI. We will then schedule a workqueue to
reset the function.
This patch adds the logic to keep track of the next rx consumer index.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qlcnic_fw_cmd_get_minidump_temp() fails then "fw_dump->tmpl_hdr" is
NULL or possibly freed. It can lead to an oops later.
Fixes: d01a6d3c8a ('qlcnic: Add support to enable capability to extend minidump for iSCSI')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We turn the feature ON, only for servers with PCI BW < MAX LINK BW, as it
helps reducing PCI pressure on weak PCI slots, but it adds some software
overhead.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the MPWQE/Striding RQ default configuration dynamic and not
statically set at compile time. Now at driver load we set
stride size and num strides dynamically.
By default we use same values as before, but when CQE compression
is enabled, we set larger stride size to benefit from CQE
compression for larger packets.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CQE compression feature is meant to save PCIe bandwidth by
compressing few CQEs into smaller amount of bytes on PCIe.
CQE compression can be selectively enabled per CQ. By default
is disabled for now and will be enabled later on.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the one
contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx interrupt is of edge type, and in case such interrupt is triggered
while it is masked it will not be handled even after tx interrupts are
re-enabled in the end of NAPI poll.
This will cause tx network to stop in the following scenario:
* Rx is being handled, hence interrupts are masked.
* Tx interrupt is triggered after checking if there is some tx to handle
and before re-enabling the interrupts.
In this situation only rx transaction will release tx requests.
In order to handle the tx that was missed( if there was one ),
a NAPI reschdule was added after enabling the interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Noam Camus <noamca@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladby@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Below is a description of a possible problematic
sequence. CPU-A is sending a frame and CPU-B handles
the interrupt that indicates the frame was sent. CPU-B
reads an invalid value of tx_packet_sent.
CPU-A CPU-B
----- -----
nps_enet_send_frame
.
.
tx_skb = skb
tx_packet_sent = true
order HW to start tx
.
.
HW complete tx
------> get tx complete interrupt
.
.
if(tx_packet_sent == true)
handle tx_skb
end memory transaction
(tx_packet_sent actually
written)
Furthermore there is a dependency between tx_skb and tx_packet_sent.
There is no assurance that tx_skb contains a valid pointer at CPU B
when it sees tx_packet_sent == true.
Solution:
Initialize tx_skb to NULL and use it to indicate that packet was sent,
in this way tx_packet_sent can be removed.
Add a write memory barrier after setting tx_skb in order to make sure
that it is valid before HW is informed and IRQ is fired.
Fixed sequence will be:
CPU-A CPU-B
----- -----
tx_skb = skb
wmb()
.
.
order HW to start tx
.
.
HW complete tx
------> get tx complete interrupt
.
.
if(tx_skb != NULL)
handle tx_skb
tx_skb = NULL
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Noam Camus <noamca@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladby@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserved fields should be set to zero to avoid exposing
bits from the kernel stack.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-socfpga.c:274:1: warning:
symbol 'socfpga_dwmac_pm_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reopening the network device on ra7795/salvator-x, e.g. after a
DHCP timeout:
IP-Config: Reopening network devices...
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 139. 00000000 (eth0:ch24:emac) vs. 00000000 (eth0:ch24:emac)
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: cannot request IRQ eth0:ch24:emac
IP-Config: Failed to open eth0
IP-Config: No network devices available
The "mismatch" is due to requesting an IRQ that is already in use,
while IRQF_PROBE_SHARED wasn't set.
However, the real cause is that ravb_close() doesn't release the R-Car
Gen3-specific secondary IRQ.
Add the missing free_irq() call to fix this.
Fixes: 22d4df8ff3 ("ravb: Add support for r8a7795 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I accidently let Arnd's VXLAN dependency changes slip into net-next,
they are only appropriate for net.
Also the flow steering structural changes to mlx5e_priv got scrambled
during the merge resolution as well.
Fix that all up.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netdevice.h we removed the structure in net-next that is being
changes in 'net'. In macsec.c and rtnetlink.c we have overlaps
between fixes in 'net' and the u64 attribute changes in 'net-next'.
The mlx5 conflicts have to do with vxlan support dependencies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN can be disabled at compile-time or it can be a loadable
module while mlx5 is built-in, which leads to a link error:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mlx5e_create_netdev':
ntb_netdev.c:(.text+0x106de4): undefined reference to `vxlan_get_rx_port'
This avoids the link error and makes the vxlan code optional,
like the other ethernet drivers do as well.
Link: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/589296/
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 69976fb104.
We cannot select VXLAN when IPv4 support is disabled, that just gives
us additional build errors, including:
warning: (MLX5_CORE_EN) selects VXLAN which has unmet direct dependencies (NETDEVICES && NET_CORE && INET)
In file included from ../drivers/net/vxlan.c:36:0:
include/net/udp_tunnel.h: In function 'udp_tunnel_handle_offloads':
include/net/udp_tunnel.h:112:9: error: implicit declaration of function 'iptunnel_handle_offloads' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
return iptunnel_handle_offloads(skb, type);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I'm sending a proper fix for the original bug in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the chip_reset() methods repeat the code writing to the ARSTR register
and delaying for 1 ms, so that we can reuse sh_eth_chip_reset() twice.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_chip_reset_giga() doesn't really need to use direct iowrite32() when
writing to the ARSTR register, it can use sh_eth_tsu_write() as all other
chip_reset() methods.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that mdiobus_scan() doesn't return NULL on failure anymore, this driver
no longer needs to check for it...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"data_split" was never set to false. It's just uninitialized.
Fixes: 2950219d87 ('qede: Add basic network device support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error handling is broken here. netxen_rom_fast_read() returns zero
on success and -EIO on error. It never returns -1.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complains that we are using "autoneg" without
initializing it. The problem is the ->phy_read() condition is reversed
so we only set this on error instead of success.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complained that "v" can be used unintialized if
netxen_rom_fast_read() returns -EIO. That function never actually
returns -1.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cxgb4 is enabled with CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4_DCB set, VI enable command
gets called with DCB enabled. But when we have a back to back setup with
DCB enabled on one side and non-DCB on the Peer side. Firmware doesn't
send any DCB_L2_CFG, and DCB priority is never set for Tx queue.
But driver resets the queue priority and state machine whenever there
is a link down, this patch fixes it by adding a check to reset only if
cxgb4_dcb_enabled() returns true.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we fail to set the flooding configuration for the broadcast and
unregistered multicast traffic, we should revert the flooding
configuration of the unknown unicast traffic.
Fixes: 0293038e0c ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support for flood control")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the leave procedure in the error path symmetric to the join
procedure and first remove the port from the collector before
potentially destroying the LAG.
Fixes: 0d65fc1304 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Implement LAG port join/leave")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-05
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
The theme behind this series is code reduction, yeah! Jesse provides
most of the changes starting with a refactor of the interpretation of
a tunnel which lets us start using the hardware's parsing. Removed
the packet split receive routine and ancillary code in preparation
for the Rx-refactor. The refactor of the receive routine,
aligns the receive routine with the one in ixgbe which was highly
optimized. The hardware supports a 16 byte descriptor for receive,
but the driver was never using it in production. There was no performance
benefit to the real driver of 16 byte descriptors, so drop a whole lot
of complexity while getting rid of the code. Fixed a bug where while
changing the number of descriptors using ethtool, the driver did not
test the limits of the system memory before permanently assuming it
would be able to get receive buffer memory.
Mitch fixes a memory leak of one page each time the driver is opened by
allocating the correct number of receive buffers and do not fiddle with
next_to_use in the VF driver.
Arnd Bergmann fixed a indentation issue by adding the appropriate
curly braces in i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg().
Julia Lawall fixed an issue found by Coccinelle, where i40e_client_ops
structure can be const since it is never modified.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede requires qed to provide enough resources to accommodate 16 combined
channels, but that upper-bound isn't actually being enforced by it.
Instead, qed inform back to qede how many channels can be opened based on
available resources - but that calculation doesn't really take into account
the resources requested by qede; Instead it considers other FW/HW available
resources.
As a result, if a user would increase the number of channels to more than
16 [e.g., using ethtool] the chip would hang.
This change increments the resources requested by qede to 64 combined
channels instead of 16; This value is an upper bound on the possible
available channels [due to other FW/HW resources].
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently had a system crash in the cnic module. Vmcore analysis confirmed
that "ip link up" was executed which failed due to an allocation failure
because of memory fragmentation. Futher analysis revealed that the cnic irq
vector was still allocated after the "ip link up" that failed. When
"ip link down" was executed it called free_msi_irqs() which crashed the system
because the cnic irq was still inuse.
PANIC: "kernel BUG at drivers/pci/msi.c:411!"
The code execution was:
cnic_netdev_event()
if (event == NETDEV_UP) {
.
.
▹ if (!cnic_start_hw(dev))
cnic_start_hw()
calls cnic_cm_open() which failed with -ENOMEM
cnic_start_hw() then took the err1 path:
err1:↩
cp->free_resc(dev);↩ <---- frees resources but not irq vector
pci_dev_put(dev->pcidev);↩
return err;↩
}↩
This returns control back to cnic_netdev_event() but now the cnic irq vector
is still allocated even although cnic_cm_open() failed. The next
"ip link down" while trigger the crash.
The cnic_start_hw() routine is not handling the allocation failure correctly.
Fix this by checking whether CNIC_DRV_STATE_HANDLES_IRQ flag is set indicating
that the hardware has been started in cnic_start_hw(). If it has then call
cp->stop_hw() which frees the cnic irq vector and cnic resources. Otherwise
just maintain the previous behaviour and free cnic resources.
I reproduced this by injecting an ENOMEM error into cnic_cm_alloc_mem()s return
code.
# ip link set dev enpX down
# ip link set dev enpX up <--- hit's allocation failure
# ip link set dev enpX down <--- crashes here
With this patch I confirmed there was no crash in the reproducer.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i40e_client_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newly added code in i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg() is indented
in a way that gcc rightly complains about:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c: In function 'i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1543:4: error: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
if (f->vlan >= 0 && f->vlan <= I40E_MAX_VLANID)
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1550:5: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
aq_err = pf->hw.aq.asq_last_status;
From the context, it looks like the aq_err assignment was meant to be
inside of the conditional expression, so I'm adding the appropriate
curly braces now.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 5676a8b9cd ("i40e: Add VF promiscuous mode driver support")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing on systems with very limited amounts of RAM, a bug was
found where, while changing the number of descriptors using ethtool,
the driver didn't test the limits of system memory before permanently
assuming it would be able to get receive buffer memory.
Work around this issue by pre-allocation of the receive buffer
memory, in the "ghost" ring, which is then used during reinit
using the new ring length.
Change-Id: I92d7a5fb59a6c884b2efdd1ec652845f101c3359
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allocate the correct number of RX buffers, and don't fiddle with
next_to_use. The common RX code handles all of this. This fixes a memory
leak of one page each time the driver is opened.
Change-Id: Id06eca353086e084921f047acad28c14745684ee
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware supports a 16 byte descriptor for receive, but the
driver was never using it in production. There was no performance
benefit to the real driver of 16 byte descriptors, so drop a whole
lot of complexity while getting rid of the code.
Also since the previous patch made us use no-split mode all the
time, drop any support in the driver for any other value in dtype
and assume it is always zero (aka no-split).
Hooray for code removal!
Change-ID: I2257e902e4dad84a07b94db6d2e6f4ce69b27bc0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 2 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40evf.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove VF ethtool control over packet split
- remove priv_flags interface since it is unused
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Some of the split related context set up code stays in
i40e_virtchnl_pf.c in case an older VF driver tries to load
and still wants to use packet split.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 1 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40e.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove ethtool control over packet split
Change-ID: I5ca100721de65992aa0114f8b4bac844b84758e0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use htons instead of unconditionally byte swapping nexthdr. On a little
endian systems shifting the byte is correct behavior, but it results in
incorrect csums on big endian architectures.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma_alloc_coherent() function returns a virtual address which can
be used for coherent access to the underlying memory. On some
architectures, like arm64, undefined behavior results if this memory is
also accessed via virtual mappings that are not coherent. Because of
their undefined nature, operations like virt_to_page() return garbage
when passed virtual addresses obtained from dma_alloc_coherent(). Any
subsequent mappings via vmap() of the garbage page values are unusable
and result in bad things like bus errors (synchronous aborts in ARM64
speak).
The mlx4 driver contains code that does the equivalent of:
vmap(virt_to_page(dma_alloc_coherent)), this results in an OOPs when the
device is opened.
Prevent Ethernet driver to run this problematic code by forcing it to
allocate contiguous memory. As for the Infiniband driver, at first we
are trying to allocate contiguous memory, but in case of failure roll
back to work with fragmented memory.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Tested-by: Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the rx-refactor, the dtype variable in the i40e_ring
struct is no longer used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the interpretation of a tunnel. This removes
some code and lets us start using the hardware's parsing.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf and traffic class helpers.
Sridhar adds helper functions to the tc_mirred header to access tcf_mirred
information and then implements them for ixgbe to enable redirection to
a SRIOV VF or an offloaded MACVLAN device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Amritha adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)
to match on.
KY Srinivasan from Microsoft add Hyper-V support into ixgbevf.
Emil adds 82599 sub-device IDs that were missing from the list of parts
that support WoL. Then simplified the logic we use to determine WoL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Preethi cleaned up duplicate and unused device IDs. Fixed our ethtool
stat reporting where we were ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers,
so fill out 64 bit stat values into two 32 bit words.
Babu Moger from Oracle improves VF performance issues on SPARC.
Alex Duyck cleans up some of the Hyper-V implementation from KY so that
we can just use function pointers instead of having to identify if a
given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF.
Usha makes sure that DCB and FCoE is disabled for X550EM_x/a MACs and
cleans up the DCB initialization in the process.
Tony cleans up the API for ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() so we do not
have to pass in the netdev parameter, since it was never used in the
function.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The multicast/all-multicast internal flags are not properly restored
after device reset. This could lead to unreliable multicast operations
after an ethtool configuration change for example.
Call bnxt_mc_list_updated() and setup the vnic->mask in bnxt_init_chip()
to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code determines if the next ring entry is valid before proceeding
further to read the rest of the entry. The CPU can re-order and read
the rest of the entry first, possibly reading a stale entry, if DMA
of a new entry happens right after reading it. This issue can be
readily seen on a ppc64 system, causing it to crash.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild test robot reported a build failure on s390.
While at it, also fix missing conversion in the tilera driver.
Fixes: 9b36627ace ("net: remove dev->trans_start")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches removed all direct accesses to dev->trans_start,
so change the netif_trans_update helper to update trans_start of
netdev queue 0 instead and then remove trans_start from struct net_device.
AFAICS a lot of the netif_trans_update() invocations are now useless
because they occur in ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX
(i.e. stack already took care of the update).
As I can't test any of them it seems better to just leave them alone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a trans_start struct member exists twice:
- in struct net_device (legacy)
- in struct netdev_queue
Instead of open-coding dev->trans_start usage to obtain the current
trans_start value, use dev_trans_start() instead.
This is not exactly the same, as dev_trans_start also considers
the trans_start values of the netdev queues owned by the device
and provides the most recent one.
For legacy devices this doesn't matter as dev_trans_start can cope
with netdev trans_start values of 0 (they are ignored).
This is a prerequisite to eventual removal of dev->trans_start.
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use net_device directly. Compile tested, objdiff shows no changes.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the receive path a queue's work bit was cleared unconditionally even
if fec_enet_rx_queue only read out a part of the available packets from
the hardware. This resulted in not reading any packets in the next napi
turn and so packets were delayed or lost.
The obvious fix is to only clear a queue's bit when the queue was
emptied.
Fixes: 4d494cdc92 ("net: fec: change data structure to support multiqueue")
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add support to configure trusted vf attribute through trust_vf_ndo.
- Upon VF trust setting change we update vport context to refresh
allmulti/promisc or any trusted vf attributes that we didn't trust the
VF for before.
- Lock the eswitch state lock on vport event in order to synchronise the
vport context updates , this will prevent contention with vport trust
setting change which will trigger vport mac list update.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add promisc_change as a trigger to vport context change event.
Add set vport promisc/allmulti functions to add vport to promiscuous
flowtable rules.
Upon promisc/allmulti rx mode vf request add the vport to
the relevant promiscuous group (Allmulti/Promisc group) so the relevant
traffic will be forwarded to it.
Upon allmulti vf request add the vport to each existing multicast fdb
rule.
Upon adding/removing mcast address from a vport, update all other
allmulti vports.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add promiscuous and allmulti steering groups in FDB table.
Besides the full match L2 steering rules group, we added
two more groups to catch the "miss" rules traffic:
* Allmulti group: One rule that forwards any mcast traffic coming from
either uplink or VFs/PF vports
* Promisc group: One rule that forwards all unmatched traffic coming
from uplink.
Needed for downstream privileged VF promisc and allmulti support.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the usage of explicit cleanup function and use existing vport
change handler. Calling vport change handler while vport
is disabled will cleanup the vport resources.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable ingress/egress ACL tables only when we need to configure ACL
rules.
Disable ingress/egress ACL tables once all ACL rules are removed.
All VF outgoing/incoming traffic need to go through the ingress/egress ACL
tables.
Adding/Removing these tables on demand will save unnecessary hops in the
flow steering when the ACL tables are empty.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure ingress and egress vport ACL rules according to spoofchk
admin parameters.
Ingress ACL flow table rules:
if (!spoofchk && !vst) allow all traffic.
else :
1) one of the following rules :
* if (spoofchk && vst) allow only untagged traffic with smac=original
mac sent from the VF.
* if (spoofchk && !vst) allow only traffic with smac=original mac sent
from the VF.
* if (!spoofchk && vst) allow only untagged traffic.
2) drop all traffic that didn't hit #1.
Add support for set vf spoofchk ndo.
Add non zero mac validation in case of spoofchk to set mac ndo:
when setting new mac we need to validate that the new mac is
not zero while the spoofchk is on because it is illegal
combination.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure ingress and egress vport ACL rules according to
vlan and qos admin parameters.
Ingress ACL flow table rules:
1) drop any tagged packet sent from the VF
2) allow other traffic (default behavior)
Egress ACL flow table rules:
1) allow only tagged traffic with vlan_tag=vst_vid.
2) drop other traffic.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create egress/ingress ACLs per VF vport at vport enable.
Ingress ACL:
- one flow group to drop all tagged traffic in VST mode.
Egress ACL:
- one flow group that allows only untagged traffic with
smac that is equals to the original mac (anti-spoofing).
- one flow group that allows only untagged traffic.
- one flow group that allows only smac that is equals
to the original mac (anti-spoofing).
(note: only one of the above group has active rule)
- star rule will be used to drop all other traffic.
By default no rules are generated, unless VST is explicitly requested.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vport spin lock can be replaced with synchronize_irq() in the right
place, this will remove the need of locking inside irq context.
Locking in esw_enable_vport is not required since vport events are yet
to be enabled, and at esw_disable_vport it is sufficient to
synchronize_irq() to guarantee no further vport events handlers will be
scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the relevant flow steering device structs and commands to
support vport.
Update the flow steering core API to receive vport number.
Add ingress and egress ACL flow table name spaces.
Add ACL flow table support:
* ACL (Access Control List) flow table is a table that contains
only allow/drop steering rules.
* We have two types of ACL flow tables - ingress and egress.
* ACLs handle traffic sent from/to E-Switch FDB table, Ingress refers to
traffic sent from Vport to E-Switch and Egress refers to traffic sent
from E-Switch to vport.
* Ingress ACL flow table allow/drop rules is checked against traffic
sent from VF.
* Egress ACL flow table allow/drop rules is checked against traffic sent
to VF.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
en_arfs.o should be compiled only if both CONFIG_MLX5_CORE_EN
and CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL are enabled. en_arfs calls to rps_may_expire_flow
which is compiled only if CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL is defined.
Move en_arfs.o compilation dependency to be under CONFIG_MLX5_CORE_EN
and wrap the en_arfs.c content with ifdef of CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL.
Fixes: 1cabe6b096 ('net/mlx5e: Create aRFS flow tables')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When probe bails out with an error, we try to unregister the
netdev before we have even registered it. Fix the goto statements
for that.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for firmware errors in the mailbox command loop and report
them differently rather than simply timing out when the firmware goes
belly up.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When link goes down, from the interrupt handler DCB priority for the
Tx queues needs to be unset. We issue mbox command to unset the Tx queue
priority with negative timeout. In t4_wr_mbox_meat_timeout() do not sleep
when negative timeout is passed, since it is called from interrupt context.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the phy initialization code for Qualcomm
Atheros AR8035 phy. This configuration is found in the
Cisco Meraki MR24.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch assumes that the bnxt hardware will ignore existing IPv4/v6
header fields for length and checksum as well as the length and checksum
fields for outer UDP and GRE headers.
I have been told by Michael Chan that this is working. Though this might
be somewhat redundant for IPv6 as they are forcing the checksum to be
computed for all IPv6 frames that are offloaded. A follow-up patch may be
necessary in order to fix this as it is essentially mangling the outer IPv6
headers to add a checksum where none was requested.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 driver exposes support for TSO6 but not IPv6 csum for hardware
encapsulated tunnels. This leads to issues as it triggers warnings in
skb_checksum_help as it ends up being called as we report supporting the
segmentation but not the checksumming for IPv6 frames.
This patch corrects that and drops 2 features that don't actually need to
be supported in hw_enc_features since they are Rx features and don't
actually impact anything by being present in hw_enc_features.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch assumes that the mlx5 hardware will ignore existing IPv4/v6
header fields for length and checksum as well as the length and checksum
fields for outer UDP headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From what I can tell the ConnectX-3 will support an inner IPv6 checksum and
segmentation offload, however it cannot support outer IPv6 headers. This
assumption is based on the fact that I could see the checksum being
offloaded for inner header on IPv4 tunnels, but not on IPv6 tunnels.
For this reason I am adding the feature to the hw_enc_features and adding
an extra check to the features_check call that will disable GSO and
checksum offload in the case that the encapsulated frame has an outer IP
version of that is not 4. The check in mlx4_en_features_check could be
removed if at some point in the future a fix is found that allows the
hardware to offload segmentation/checksum on tunnels with an outer IPv6
header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch assumes that the mlx4 hardware will ignore existing IPv4/v6
header fields for length and checksum as well as the length and checksum
fields for outer UDP headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() is not using the netdev parameter;
removing it since it's unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds IXGBE_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE flag that is set
for all MACs other than X550EM_x and x550em_a. DCB and
FCoE is disabled for these MACS. DCB initialization
code is moved to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can just use function pointers instead of
having to identify if a given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF. By
doing this we can avoid having to pull too much information out of the
lower layers and can instead just make use of the mac_ops pointers since
they should differ between the two types of VFs anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We noticed performance issues with VF interface on sparc compared
to PF. Setting the RX to IXGBE_DCA_RXCTRL_DATA_WRO_EN brings it
on far with PF. Also this matches to the default sparc setting in
PF driver.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Revise populating few registers in ixgbe_get_regs() and macro
definitions.
Before applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8572 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
After applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8568 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code was ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers. This patch
correctly fills out 64 bit value in two 32 bit words.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove duplicate and unused device ID definitions.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change aims to simplify the logic we use to determine WOL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Also some cleanups in ixgbe_wol_supported() - changed return type to
bool and removed redundant return variable by simply using return after
the checks.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We had some 82599 subdevice IDs missing from the list of parts that
support WoL.
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On Hyper-V, the VF/PF communication is a via software mediated path
as opposed to the hardware mailbox. Make the necessary
adjustments to support Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Intel SR-IOV cards present different ID when running on Hyper-V.
Add the device IDs presented while running on Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)to match on.
This is achieved in the following order:
1. Create a leaf hash table for the next header.
2. Create a link to the leaf hash table from the base hash table with
matches on next header type and current header fields.
3. Add filter in leaf hash table with match on next header fields and
action.
Verified with the following filters :
Match TCP and DIP:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 10.0.0.1/32
match tcp src 28 ffff action drop
Delete the filter:
Match on DIP, SIP, UDP (SPort, DPort):
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 2 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip dst 15.0.0.2/32 match ip protocol 17 ff \
match ip src 15.0.0.1/32
match udp src 30 ffff match udp dst 32 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables 'redirect' to a SRIOV VF or a offloaded macvlan
device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Verified with the following script that creates SRIOV VFs, offloaded
macvlan and adds tc u32 filters with redirect action to the associated
netdevs.
# add ingress qdisc.
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# create 4 sriov VFs and bring up the first one.
echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
sleep 1
ip link set p4p1 up
ip link set p4p1_0 up
# create a offloaded macvlan device and bring it up.
ethtool -K p4p1 l2-fwd-offload on
ip link add link p4p1 name mvlan_1 type macvlan
ip link set mvlan_1 up
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to VF netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.1.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev p4p1_0
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to macvlan netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.2.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev mvlan_1
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current sequence makes us register for a network device prior to
registering and probing the MDIO bus which could lead to some unwanted
consequences, like a thread of execution calling into ndo_open before
register_netdev() returns, while the MDIO bus is not ready yet.
Rework the sequence to register for the MDIO bus, and therefore attach
to a PHY prior to calling register_netdev(), which implies reworking the
error path a bit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure and enable various tunnels on the
adapter after PF start.
This change was missed as a part of
'commit 464f664501
("qed: Add infrastructure support for tunneling")'
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 3b9d6da67e ("cpu/hotplug: Fix rollback during error-out
in __cpu_disable()") it is ensured that callbacks of CPU_ONLINE and
CPU_DOWN_PREPARE are processed on the hotplugged CPU. Due to this SMP
function calls are no longer required.
Replace smp_call_function_single() with a direct call to
mvneta_percpu_enable() or mvneta_percpu_disable(). The functions do
not require to be called with interrupts disabled, therefore the
smp_call_function_single() calling convention is not preserved.
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove old init callback which now contains only a call to
socfpga_dwmac_setup(). Also rename socfpga_dwmac_setup() to indicate
what the function really does.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling phy_resume() should only be need during driver resume to
workaround a hardware errata.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-socfpga driver needs to control the reset usually managed
by the core driver to set the PHY mode. Take a copy of the reset
handle from core priv data so it can be used by the driver later.
This also allow us to move reset handling into socfpga_dwmac_setup()
where the code that needs it is located.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the needed PM callbacks in the driver instead of
relying on the init/exit hooks in stmmac_platform. This gives
the driver more flexibility in how the code is organized.
Eventually the init/exit callbacks will be deprecated in favor
of the standard PM callbacks and driver remove function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change stmmac_remove/resume/suspend to take a device pointer so
they can be used directly by drivers that doesn't need to perform
anything device specific.
This lets us remove the PCI pm functions and later simplifiy the
platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now mdiobus_scan() returns ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) instead of NULL if the PHY
device ID was read as all ones. As this was not an error before, this
value should be filtered out now in this driver.
Fixes: b74766a0a0 ("phylib: don't return NULL from get_phy_device()")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mdiobus_scan() returns either an error code or NULL on error, the
driver should check for both, not only for NULL, otherwise a crash is
imminent...
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vxlan add/delete port NDOs are called under rcu lock.
The current mlx5e implementation can potentially block in these
calls, which is not allowed. Move to using the mlx5e workqueue
to handle these NDOs.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ('net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling')
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a mlx5e workqueue to handle all mlx5e specific tasks. Move
all tasks currently using the system workqueue to the new workqueue.
This is in preparation for vxlan using the mlx5e workqueue in order to
schedule port add/remove operations.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When MLX5_EN=y MLX5_CORE=y and VXLAN=m there is a linker error for
vxlan_get_rx_port() due to the fact that VXLAN is a module. Change Kconfig
to select VXLAN when MLX5_CORE=y. When MLX5_CORE=m there is no dependency
on the value of VXLAN.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ('net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling')
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When freeing UAR the driver tries to unmap uar->map and uar->bf_map
which are mutually exclusive thus always unmapping a NULL pointer.
Make sure we only call iounmap() once, for the actual mapping.
Fixes: 0ba422410b ('net/mlx5: Fix global UAR mapping')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Doron Tsur <doront@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fec_mpc52xx driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fs-enet driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the ucc driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the gianfar driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xgene_cle_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aligning the reception data size is not required.
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch gets ethernet to CPU channel (prefetch buffer number) from
the newly added 'channel' property, thus decoupling Linux driver from
resource management.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the qede implementation for internal loopback test.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the qede ethtool support for the following tests:
- interrupt test
- memory test
- register test
- clock test
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the functionality and APIs needed for selftests.
It adds the ability to configure the link-mode which is required for the
implementation of loopback tests. It adds the APIs for clock test,
register test, interrupt test and memory test.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An out of bounds read of 2 bytes was discovered in cxgb3 with KASAN.
t3_config_rss() expects both arrays it gets as parameters to have
terminators. setup_rss(), the caller, forgets to add a terminator to
one of the arrays. Thankfully the iteration in t3_config_rss() stops
anyway, but in the last iteration the check for the terminator
is an out of bounds read.
Add the missing terminator to rspq_map[].
Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it so that i40e and i40evf can use GSO_PARTIAL to support
segmentation for frames with checksums enabled in outer headers. As a
result we can now send data over these types of tunnels at over 20Gb/s
versus the 12Gb/s that was previously possible on my system.
The advantage with the i40e parts is that this offload is mostly
transparent as the hardware still deals with the inner and/or outer IPv4
headers so the IP ID is still incrementing for both when this offload is
performed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
GCC 6 has a new warning which will display when you attempt to left
shift a signed value beyond the storage size of the type. I40E_MASK
generates a mask value for 32bit registers. Properly typecast the mask
value and place the values in parenthesis to prevent macro expansion
issues.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a device ID for X722.
Change-Id: I574f2345ab341de98a6a1c212d0603af853e48b0
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_release_rx_desc was in two files, but was only used
and needed in txrx.c. Get rid of the extra copy.
Change-Id: I86e18239aa03531fc198b6c052847475084a9200
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was all over the place using signed or unsigned types
for vf_id, when it should always be signed.
This fixes warnings of type unsafe comparisons from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I2cb681f83d0f68ca124d2e4131e4ac0d9f8a6b22
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Aggregate return warnings are when struct types are returned
and must be copied to the lvalue with a struct copy by the compiler.
This fixes warnings of type aggregate-return from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I896b1bf514544bf0faeb458869d79914b9f1b168
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have an uninitialized variable warning for valid_len for one case in
validate_vf_mesg. To fix this, just initialize it to 0 at the top of the
function and remove all of the now redundant assignments to 0 in the
individual cases.
Change-Id: Iacbd97f4c521ed8d662eef803a598d8707708cfd
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch syncs the VF code for the changes made to the PF for the RSS
hash tuple settings. Since the VF still cannot change the RSS hash
settings, change the code to make this clear to the user. Previously,
the default settings were returned in this function. However, the
default can be changed by the PF so this does not make sense anymore.
Change-Id: I085eaf005fc7978b440d2a1bf2b2dd7cadaff39b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the code that implements the HMC AQ APIs and call these APIs.
This is done because these are obsolete APIs and are not supported
by firmware.
Change-ID: I5d771d8f37c3e16e7b0a972ff9b27e75aa2d05d4
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With this change a non trusted VF can never fall to promiscuous
mode when there is no room for a MAC/VLAN filter.
Change-Id: I8a155aa25c0bcdc6093414920c9ade4ee0bd20e8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF is privileged/trusted it can do as it may please including
but not limited to hogging resources and playing unfair.
But if the VF is not privileged/trusted it still can add some number
(8) of MAC and VLAN addresses.
Other restrictions with respect to Port VLAN and normal VLAN still apply
to not privileged/trusted VF.
Change-Id: I3a9529201b184c8873e1ad2e300aff468c9e6296
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure a VF is not trusted/privileged until its explicitly
set for trust through the new NDO op interface.
Change-Id: I476385c290d2b4901d8fceb29de43546accdc499
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Accelerated RFS requires that ntuple filtering is enabled via
ethtool and driver supports ndo_rx_flow_steer.
When the ntuple filtering is enabled, we modify the l3_l4 ttc
rules to point on the aRFS flow tables and when the filtering
is disabled, we modify the l3_l4 ttc rules to point on the RSS
TIRs.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ndo_rx_flow_steer ndo.
A new flow steering rule will be composed from the
skb 4-tuple and added to the hardware aRFS flow table.
Each rule is stored in an internal hash table, if such
skb 4-tuple rule already exists we update the corresponding
hardware steering rule with the new destination.
For garbage collection rps_may_expire_flow will be
invoked for a limited amount of old rules upon any
ndo_rx_flow_steer invocation.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create the following four flow tables for aRFS usage:
1. IPv4 TCP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv4 TCP packets.
2. IPv6 TCP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv6 TCP packets.
3. IPv4 UDP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv4 UDP packets.
4. IPv6 UDP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv6 UDP packets.
Each flow table has two flow groups: one for the 4-tuple
filtering (full match) and the other contains * rule for miss rule.
Full match rule means a hit for aRFS and packet will be forwarded
to the dedicated RQ/Core, miss rule packets will be forwarded to
default RSS hashing.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocating CPU rmap and add entry for each IRQ.
CPU rmap is used in aRFS to get the RX queue number
of the RX completion interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the main flow table is used for two purposes:
One is to do mac filtering and the other is to classify
the packet l3-l4 header in order to steer the packet to
the right RSS TIR.
This design is very complex, for each configured mac address we
have to add eleven rules (rule for each traffic type), the same if the
device is put to promiscuous/allmulti mode.
This scheme isn't scalable for future features like aRFS.
In order to simplify it, the main flow table is split to two flow
tables:
1. l2 table - filter the packet dmac address, if there is a match
we forward to the ttc flow table.
2. TTC (Traffic Type Classifier) table - classify the traffic
type of the packet and steer the packet to the right TIR.
In this new design, when new mac address is added, the driver adds
only one flow rule instead of eleven.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slightly refactor and re-order the flow steering structs,
tables and data-bases for better self-containment and
flexibility to add more future steering phases
(tables/rules/data bases) e.g: aRFS.
Changes:
1. Move the vlan DB and address DB into their table structs.
2. Rename steering table structs to unique format: mlx5e_*_table,
e.g: mlx5e_vlan_table.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, namespace could be initialized only
with priorities with the same attributes.
Add support to initialize namespace with priorities
with different attributes(e.g. different number of levels).
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, consumers of the flow steering infrastructure can't
choose their own flow table levels and are limited to one
flow table per level. This just waste levels.
Instead, we introduce here the possibility to use multiple
flow tables in a level. The user is free to connect these
flow tables, while following the rule (FTEs in FT of level x
could only point to FTs of level y where y > x).
In addition this patch switch the order of the create/destroy
flow tables of the NIC(vlan and main).
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactors the flow steering namespace creation,
by changing the name num_fts to num_levels.
When new flow table is created, the driver assign new level
to this flow table therefore the meaning is equivalent.
Since downstream patches will introduce the ability to create more
than one flow table per level, the name num_fts is no
longer accurate.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API is used for modifying the flow rule destination.
This is needed for modifying the pointed flow table by the
traffic type classifier rules to point on the aRFS tables.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new TIRs for direct access per RQ.
Now we have 2 available kinds of TIRs:
- indirect TIR per traffic type, each points to one RQT (RSS RQT)
same as before.
- New direct TIR per RQ, each points to RQT with a size of one
that forwards packets to that RQ only.
Driver will open max channels (num cores) direct TIRs by default,
they will be filled with the actual RQs once channels are allocated.
Needed for downstream aRFS and ethtool direct steering functionalities.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold the rtnl lock when calling vxlan_get_rx_port().
Fixes: b7aade1548 ("vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch adds the required match table for device tree support
(and while at, fix the indent). It's also possible to specify the
MAC address in the DT blob.
Also add the corresponding binding documentation file.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current spi_read_buf function fails on SPI host masters which
are only half-duplex capable. Splitting the Tx and Rx part solves
this issue.
Tested on Raspberry Pi (full duplex) and I2SE Duckbill (half duplex).
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On new GMAC4 IP, MAC_MDIO_address register has been updated, and bitmaps
changed. This patch takes into account those changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new /sys/kernel/debug/ support to dump firmware mailbox commands
and replies for debugging purpose.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new /sys/kernel/debug/ support to dump a firmware mailbox command
issued and replies for debugging purpose.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indexes should generally be avoided. So we use reg rather than port-id to
index ports.
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because cpld-ctrl-reg property is offset base on cpld-syscon property,
we make it as a cell in the cpld-syscon property.
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a fixed-link DT subnode is used, the phy_device was looked up so
that a PHY ID string could be constructed and passed to phy_connect().
This is not necessary, as the device_node can be passed directly to
of_phy_connect() instead. This reuses the same codepath as if the
phy-handle DT property was used.
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy-mode emac property was only being processed in the phy_id
or fixed-link cases. However if phy-handle was specified instead,
an error message would complain about the lack of phy_id or
fixed-link, and then jump past the of_get_phy_mode(). This would
result in the PHY mode defaulting to MII, regardless of what the
devicetree specified.
Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an emac node has a phy-handle property that points to something
which is not a phy, then a segmentation fault will occur when the
interface is brought up. This is because while phy_connect() will
return ERR_PTR() on failure, of_phy_connect() will return NULL.
The common error check uses IS_ERR(), and so missed when
of_phy_connect() fails. The NULL pointer is then dereferenced.
Also, the common error message referenced slave->data->phy_id,
which would be empty in the case of phy-handle. Instead, use the
name of the device_node as a useful identifier. And in the phy_id
case add the error code for completeness.
Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add
phy-handle parsing") saved the "phy-handle" phandle into a new cpsw_priv
field. However, phy connections are per-slave, so the phy_node field should
be in cpsw_slave_data rather than cpsw_priv.
This would go unnoticed in a single emac configuration. But in dual_emac
mode, the last "phy-handle" property parsed for either slave would be used
by both of them, causing them both to refer to the same phy_device.
Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pch_gbe_tx_ring.tx_lock is only used in the hard_xmit handler and
in the transmit completion reaper called from NAPI context.
Compile-tested only. Potential victims Cced.
Someone more knowledgeable may check if pch_gbe_tx_queue could
have some use for a mmiowb.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Darren Hart <dvhart@infradead.org>
Cc: Andy Cress <andy.cress@us.kontron.com>
Cc: bryan@fossetcon.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mlx5e_channel_param is a large structure that is allocated
on the stack of mlx5e_open_channels, and with a recent change
it has grown beyond the warning size for the maximum stack
that a single function should use:
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c: In function 'mlx5e_open_channels':
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:1325:1: error: the frame size of 1072 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
The function is already using dynamic allocation and is not in
a fast path, so the easiest workaround is to use another kzalloc
for allocating the channel parameters.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: d3c9bc2743 ("net/mlx5e: Added ICO SQs")
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size allocated for target->hwinfo and the number of bytes copied in it
should be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configured in fixed link, the DaVinci emac driver sets the
priv->phydev to NULL and further ioctl calls to the phy_mii_ioctl()
causes the kernel to crash.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1bb6aa56bb ("net: davinci_emac: Add support for fixed-link PHY")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When certain firmware variants are selected (via the sfboot utility) the
SFC7000 and SFC8000 series NICs don't support RSS. The driver still
tries (and fails) to insert filters with the RSS flag, and the NIC fails
to pass traffic.
When the firmware reports RSS_LIMITED suppress allocating a default RSS
context. The absence of an RSS context is picked up in filter insertion
and RSS flags are discarded.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_disable() can not be called with bh disabled, move locking just
around myri10ge_ss_lock_napi() .
Patches fixes following bug:
[ 114.278378] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/dev.c:4383
<snip>
[ 114.313712] Call Trace:
[ 114.314943] [<ffffffff817010ce>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[ 114.317673] [<ffffffff810ce7f3>] __might_sleep+0x173/0x230
[ 114.320566] [<ffffffff815b3117>] napi_disable+0x27/0x90
[ 114.323254] [<ffffffffa01e437f>] myri10ge_close+0xbf/0x3f0 [myri10ge]
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ioremap() hidden behind the io_mapping_map_wc() convenience helper
can be used for remapping multiple pages. Extend the helper so that
future callers can use it for larger ranges.
Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@intel.com>
Cc: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: "Peter Zijlstra (Intel)" <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <dahi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org
Cc: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1461833819-3991-3-git-send-email-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
This patch fix spelling typos in printk from various part
of the codes.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Alex Duyck cleans up the feature flags since they are becoming pretty
"massive", the primary change being that we now build our features list
around hw_encap_features. Added support for IPIP and SIT offloads,
which should improvement in throughput for IPIP and SIT tunnels with
the offload enabled.
Mitch adds support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs, which removes
the burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers and improves future compatibility. Fix to ensure that we do not
panic by checking that the vsi_res pointer is valid before dereferencing
it, after which we can drink beer and eat peanuts.
Shannon does come housekeeping in i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() in preparation
for more cloud filter work. Added flexibility to the nvmupdate
facility by adding the ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on
after Exec_AQ request.
Michal adds device capability which defines if an update is available and
if a security check is needed during the update process.
Kamil just adds a device id to support X722 QSFP+ device.
Greg fixes an issue where a mirror rule ID may be zero, so do not return
invalid parameter when the user passes in a zero for a rule ID. Adds
support to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag alone while being in
promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC addresses.
Jesse fixes the driver from offloading the VLAN tag into the skb any
time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was enabled, to
making sure it is enabled before put_tag.
v2: Dropped patch 8 ("i40e: Allow user to change input set mask for flow
director") while Kiran reworks a more generalized solution based
on feedback from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for W5500 chip.
W5500 has similar register and memory organization with W5100 and W5200.
There are a few important differences listed below but it is still
possible to share common code with W5100 and W5200.
* W5500 register and memory are organized by multiple blocks. Each one
is selected by 16bits offset address and 5bits block select bits.
But the existing register access operations take u16 address. This change
extends the addess by u32 address and put offset address to lower 16bits
and block select bits to upper 16bits.
This change also adds the offset addresses for socket register and TX/RX
memory blocks to the driver private data structure in order to reduce
conditional switches for each chip.
* W5500 has the different register offset for socket interrupt mask
register. Newly added internal functions w5100_enable_intr() and
w5100_disable_intr() take care of the diffrence.
* W5500 has the different register offset for retry time-value register.
But this register is only used to verify that the reset value is correctly
read at initialization. So move the verification to w5100_hw_reset()
which already does different things for different chips.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If PAGE_SIZE is bigger than BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE, that means the native CPU
page is bigger than the maximum length of the RX BD. Divide the page
into multiple 32K buffers for the aggregation ring.
Add an offset field in the bnxt_sw_rx_agg_bd struct to keep track of the
page offset of each buffer. Since each page can be referenced by multiple
buffer entries, call get_page() as needed to get the proper reference
count.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RX BD length field of this device is 16-bit, so the largest buffer
size is 65535. For LRO and GRO, we allocate native CPU pages for the
aggregation ring buffers. It won't work if the native CPU page size is
64K or bigger.
We fix this by defining BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE to be native CPU page size
up to 32K. Replace PAGE_SIZE with BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE in all appropriate
places related to the rx aggregation ring logic.
The next patch will add additional logic to divide the page into 32K
chunks for aggrgation ring buffers if PAGE_SIZE is bigger than
BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only MSI-X can be used on a VF. The driver should fail initialization
if it cannot successfully enable MSI-X.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary Linux Ethernet driver support for promiscuous mode
operation. Add a flag so the VF knows it is in promiscuous mode
and two state flags to discreetly track multicast and unicast
promiscuous states.
Change-Id: Ib2f2dc7a7582304fec90fc917ebb7ded21ba1de4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NFV use cases require the ability to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag
alone while being in promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC
addresses. These two new functions support that ability.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was offloading the VLAN tag into the skb
any time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was
enabled. Just check to make sure it's enabled before put_tag.
Change-Id: Ife95290c06edd9a616393b38679923938b382241
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A mirror rule ID may be zero so do not return invalid parameter when the
user passes in a zero value for a rule ID.
Change-ID: I261b8c24725ce2c6ed32f859da81093dfcbe2970
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add device capability which defines if update is available and security
check is needed during update process.
Change-ID: I380787c878275e1df18b39198df3ee3666342282
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor overlapping changes in the conflicts.
In the macsec case, the change of the default ID macro
name overlapped with the 64-bit netlink attribute alignment
fixes in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should have converted 'if (trylock)' to 'lock'.
Fixes: a6086a8937 ("drivers: net: remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Renesas RZ/A1H manual names the software reset bit in the software reset
register (ARSTR) ARST which makes a bit more sense than the ARSTR_ARSTR name
used now by the driver -- rename the latter to ARSTR_ARST.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_check_reset() uses a bare number where EDMR_SRST_GETHER would fit,
i.e. the receive/trasmit software reset bits that comprise EDMR_SRST_GETHER
read as 1 while the corresponding reset is in progress and thus, when both
are 0, the reset is complete.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now as rx-vlan offload can be disabled, packets can be received
with vlan tag not stripped, which means is_first_ethertype_ip will
return false, for that we need to check if the hardware reported
csum OK so we will report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for those packets.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ethtool -K <interface> rxvlan <on/off> to enable/disable
C-TAG vlan stripping by hardware.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add query MCIA, PMLP registers infrastructure and commands.
Add ethtool support for get_module_info() and get_module_eeprom()
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the needed hardware command and mlx5_ifc structs for managing LED
control.
Add set_phys_id ethtool callback to support ethtool -p flag.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new access register named Ports Check Mask Register (PCMR) to
control all HW checks on port. With this register, the driver can
enable/disable Hardware FCS validation.
When RXALL is enabled/disabled using ndo_set_features, enable/disable
fcs check at HW.
User can change HW configuration using rx-all flag at ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In current mlx5e ndo_set_features implementation, setting some features
can success while others can fail. Today, we return one error code which
doesn't reflect the current features status of the netdev at the end of
the ndo callback.
Set netdev->features with features which were successfully set in order
to keep the current status in case of failure. For this purpose, define
new Macro to set/unset specific feature in netdev->features.
This patch introduces a mechanism that uses feature handlers for each
feature.
Set features will call a generic handler, which will then call a specific
handler in his turn and update netdev->features according to it's return
value. Each specific handler is responsible to perform driver specific
actions, and updating params if needed.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose link_down_events counter through ethtool -S.
This counter is read from PPort statistics, then proccessed and stored as
a special handling software counter.
This counter is stored along software counters since it is the only PPort
counter that it's size is not 64 bits.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose counters providing information for each priority level (PCP) through
ethtool -S option and DCBNL.
This includes rx/tx bytes, frames, and pause counters.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VPort and software counters names are confusing and may be unclear, all
VPort counters now have a prefix of rx/tx_vport_*.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redesign ethtool statistics handling and reporting in the driver:
1. Move counters to a separate file (en_stats.h).
2. Remove unnecessary dependencies between stats and strings.
3. Use counter descriptors which hold a name and offset for each counter,
and will be used to decide which counters will be exposed.
For example when adding a new software counter to ethtool, instead of:
1. Add to stats struct.
2. Add to strings struct in the same order.
3. Change macro defining number of software counters.
The only thing needed is to link the new counter to a counter descriptor.
VPort counters are a set of hardware traffic counters created automatically
for each virtual port opened.
PPort counters are a set of counters describing per physical port
performance statistics.
These counters are gathered from hardware register and divided to groups
according to different protocols.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide rtnl_link_stats64 with information regarding physical errors to be
seen in ifconfig and ip tool.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
replace the trylock by a full spin_lock and remove TX_LOCKED return value.
Followup patch will remove TX_LOCKED from the kernel.
Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These drivers already call netif_stop_queue() so we should not be called
unless tx space is available. Just free the skb and return TX_OK.
Followup patch will remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED from the kernel.
Cc: linux-parisc@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Thomas Sailer <t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
similar to atl1c: lock is only used in ndo_start_xmit, but we also
advertised LLTX, so remove that as well and let core stack handle
tx locking.
Allows to remove the TX_LOCKED return value from the driver.
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAICS this is safe: the lock is only used in the .ndo_start_xmit
function and this driver does not set LLTX.
Gets rid of TX_LOCKED return value, followup patches will remove it.
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that get_phy_device() no longer returns NULL on error, we don't need
to check for it...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_dev_init() is now always called with 'true' as the 2nd argument,
so that there's no more sense in having 2 parameters to this function...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for PF minimum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for PF maximum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds relevant APIs needed to configure WFQ
(Weighted fair queueing) values for the vports. WFQ configuration
is used per vport basis when minimum bandwidth update/configuration
is notified to the PF by the management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware can send a set of asynchronous replies through FW_PORT_CMD
with DCBX information when that's negotiated with the Link Peer. The old
code always assumed that a FW_PORT_CMD reply was always a Get Port
Information message. This change conditionalizes the code to only handle
the Get Port Information messages and throws a warning if we don't
understand what we've been given.
Also refactor t4_handle_fw_rpl() so that core functionality performed by
t4_handle_get_port_info() for a specified port.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor t4_port_init() so that the core functionality is done by
t4_init_portinfo() for a particular port. Also rename variables to
sensible ones.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Decode and log port module error, unknown modules and unsupported
modules.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There could be race between t4_eth_xmit() and t4_free_sge_resources() while
freeing tx descriptors, take txq lock in t4_free_sge_resources(). We need
to stop the xmit frame path which runs in bottom half context while
unloading the driver using _bh variant of the lock. This is to prevent
the deadlock between xmit and driver unload.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new routine to print out general adapter information (various version
numbers, adapter name, part number, serial number, etc.) and remove
redundant information dumped in the Port Information.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the PF driver reports proper support, allow the PF driver to
configure RSS on the behalf of the VF driver. This will allow for RSS
support on future hardware without changes to the VF driver.
Unfortunately, the old RSS code still needs to stay as the driver needs
to be compatible with PF drivers that don't support this interface. But
this change still simplifies the data structures a bunch and makes this
code simpler to read and maintain.
Change-ID: I0375aad40788ecdc0cb24d5cfeccf07804e69771
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To add a little flexibility to the nvmupdate facility, this code adds the
ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on after the Exec_AQ request.
Change-ID: Iddbfd63c3de8df3edb9d3e90678b08989bc4946e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A little bit of code cleanup in prep for more cloud filter work.
Change-ID: I0dc33ce0d4c207944336a07437640fef920c100c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Under some circumstances the driver remove function may be called before
the driver is fully initialized. So we can't assume that we know where
our towel is at, or that all of the data structures are initialized.
To ensure that we don't panic, check that the vsi_res pointer is valid
before dereferencing it. Then drink beer and eat peanuts.
Change-ID: If697b4db57348e39f9538793e16aa755e3e1af03
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs. This removes the
burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers, allowing for better future compatibility.
Change-ID: Icea75d3f37241ee8e447be5779e5abb53ddf04c0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the documentation it turns out enabling IPIP and SIT offloads
for i40e is pretty straightforward. As such I decided to enable them with
this patch. In my testing I am seeing an improvement of 8 to 10 Gb/s
for IPIP and SIT tunnels with this offload enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The feature flags list for i40e and i40evf is beginning to become pretty
massive. I plan to add another 4 or so features to these drivers and
duplicating the flags for each and every flags list is becoming a bit
repetitive.
The primary change here is that we now build our features list around
hw_encap_features. After that we assign that to vlan_features,
hw_features, and finally map that onto features. In addition we end up
throwing features onto hw_encap_features that end up having no effect such
as the Rx offloads and SCTP_CRC. However that should have no impact and
makes things a bit easier for us as hw_encap_features is one of the less
updated features maps available.
For i40evf I went through and sanity checked a few features as well.
Specifically RXCSUM was being set as a read-only feature which didn't make
much sense. I have updated things so we can clear the NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag
since that is really a software feature and not a hardware one anyway so
disabling it is just a matter of ignoring the result from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When multiple skb are TX-completed in a row, we might incorrectly keep
a timestamp of a prior skb and cause extra work.
Fixes: ec693d4701 ("net/mlx4_en: Add HW timestamping (TS) support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument of pci_free_consistent has type struct pci_dev *, so use
NULL instead of 0.
The semantic patch that performs this transformation is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
@@
pci_free_consistent(
- 0
+ NULL
, ...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port mode offset for each dsaf port is different. The current code is not
so readability. This patch adds configuration named port-mode-offset to
make the code simple and more readability. If port-mode-offset isn't
exists, default value 0 will be used.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset offset for each port in a dsaf is different. The current code is
not so readability. This patch adds configuration named port-rst-offset to
make the code simple and more readability. If this attribute doesn't exist,
default value of this attribute is equal to its port index.
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds attribute cpld_ctrl for dsaf port node, parses the syscon
for mac_cb from dts, and changes the method of access the cpld related
registers through syscon.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two kinds of dsaf device in hns, one is for service ports,
contains crossbar in it, can work under different mode. Another is for
debug port, only can work under "single-port" mode. The current code only
declared a dsaf device for both service ports and debug ports. This patch
separate it to three platform devices.
Here is the diagram of all port in one platform device(old):
CPU
|
| DSAF(one platform device)
-------------------------------------------------------------- /
| | | | | /
| PPE PPE PPE | /
| | | | | /
| | | | | /
| crossbar | | | /
| | | | |/
| ----------------------------------- | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC |
| | | | | | | | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | |
PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY
Here is the diagram of separate all ports to three platform(new):
CPU
|
-----------------------------------
| | |
---------------------------------------------- --------- ---------
| | | | | | | |
| PPE | | PPE | | PPE |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| crossbar | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| ---------------------------------- | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC | | MAC | | MAC |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
---------------------------------------------- --------- ---------
| | | | | | \ / | / |
PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY \ / PHY / PHY
\ / /
\ / /
DSAF(three platform device)
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tunes the header file by the alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the read/write function for dsaf to
access the registers through syscon methods.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the subctrl reset offset for dsaf, this property is used to reset
xge/ge ports for different dsaf. If this attribute is not present,
default value 0 will be used.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch parse port-idx-in-ae in enet node. In NIC mode of DSAF, all 6
PHYs of service DSAF are taken as ethernet ports to the CPU. The
port-idx-in-ae can be 0 to 5. Here is the diagram:
+-----+---------------+
| CPU |
+-+-+-+---+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| | | | | | | |
debug debug service
port port port
(0) (0) (0-5)
In Switch mode of DSAF, all 6 PHYs of service DSAF are taken as physical
ports connect to a LAN Switch while the CPU side assume itself have one
single NIC connect to this switch. In this case, the port-idx-in-ae will
be 0 only.
+-----+-----+------+------+
| CPU |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| | service| port(0)
debug debug +------------+
port port | switch |
(0) (0) +-+-+-+-+-+-++
| | | | | |
external port
when port-idx-in-ae is not exists, old attribute port-id will be used
(only for compatible purpose, not recommended to use port-id in new code).
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As debug ports are moved from service dsaf to debug dsaf,
the interrupts offset should start from 0, So this patch
re-defines the offset index of debug ports.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new dsaf mode named "single-port" mode for debug port.
This mode only contains one debug port. This patch also changes the
method of distinguishing the port type.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The APIs for making this sort of configuration [e.g., via ethtool] are
already present in qede, but the current configuration flow in qed doesn't
respect it.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's some inconsistency in current logic determining whether the
link settings of a given interface can be changed; I.e., in all modes
other than the so-called `deault' mode the interfaces are forbidden from
changing the configuration - but even this rule is not applied to all
user APIs that may change the configuration.
Instead, let the core-module [qed] decide whether an interface can change
the configuration by supporting a new API function. We also revise the
current rule, allowing all interfaces to change their configurations while
laying the infrastructure for future modes where an interface would be
blocked from making such a configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a getter for the interfaces private flags.
The only parameter currently supported is whether the interface is a
coupled function [required for supporting 100g].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a difference in statsitics' names starting at qed and
propagating to qede, where egress counters indicate ranges while ingress
counters indiciate high-end.
Align all statistcs to follow the same conventions - name indicates range.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added x550em_a support causes a link failure on ARM because of
an overly long time passed into udelay():
ERROR: "__bad_udelay" [drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko] undefined!
There are multiple variants of the ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_*() function,
and the other ones all use msleep(), so we can safely assume that all
callers are allowed to sleep, which makes msleep() a better replacement
than mdelay().
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 49425dfc74 ("ixgbe: Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves API negotiation into mac_ops. The general idea here is
that with HyperV on the way we need to make certain that anything that will
have different versions between HyperV and a standard VF needs to be
abstracted enough so that we can have a separate function between the two
so we can avoid changes in one breaking something in the other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also cleanup a case where we're bit shifting a value into place, and use
an unsigned constant. Make use of the unsigned postfix in places where
BIT() macro is not appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make use of GENMASK instead of open coding the equivalent operation
incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several areas of ixgbe were written before widespread usage of the
BIT(n) macro. With the impending release of GCC 6 and its associated new
warnings, some usages such as (1 << 31) have been noted within the ixgbe
driver source. Fix these wholesale and prevent future issues by simply
using BIT macro instead of hand coded bit shifts.
Also fix a few shifts that are shifting values into place by using the
'u' prefix to indicate unsigned. It doesn't strictly matter in these
cases because we're not shifting by too large a value, but these are all
unsigned values and should be indicated as such.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible on some systems that crosstalk could lead to link flap
on empty SFP+ cages. A new NVM bit was defined to let SW know it
needs to implement the work around which consists of verifying that
there is a module in the cage before acting on the LSC.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Somehow the wrong fc_setup function was used for x550em_a, so
correct that. Also set setup_link to NULL as its value is
determined later, just like it is with X550EM_x.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement per-queue statistics for packets, bytes and busy poll
specific counters.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This brings the logic closer to how we handle the stats in ixgbe and it
sets us up for introducing per-queue stats.
Use IXGBEVF_STAT and IXGBEVF_NETDEV_STAT for accessing the driver and
netdev stats respectively. This way we don't have to calculate the
stats based on register values which could lead to the counters not
being initialized properly when the interface is down.
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is set to include the number of queues.
Also some defines were renamed to use the IXGBEVF prefix.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new register to wait for previous register writes to complete
before issuing a register read. This is needed when slower links
are in use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This field is used to record the RX queue index for a redirect action
passed via ring_cookie field in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec which is
a u64 value.
For ex: after adding a filter rule to redirect to a VF using ethtool
# echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
# ethtool -N p4p1 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 action 0x100000000
querying for the rule shows the Action as 'Direct to queue 0'
# ethtool -n p4p1
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 2045
Rule Type: Raw IPv4
Src IP addr: 192.168.0.1 mask: 0.0.0.0
Dest IP addr: 0.0.0.0 mask: 255.255.255.255
TOS: 0x0 mask: 0xff
Protocol: 0 mask: 0xff
L4 bytes: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffff
VLAN EtherType: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
VLAN: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
User-defined: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffffffffffff
Action: Direct to queue 0
With this fix, ethtool will report the right queue index even for VFs.
Action: Direct to queue 4294967296
Here 4294967296 corresponds to 0x100000000.
We need to update 'ethtool' to report the queue index as a Hex value so
that it is more user friendly and matches with the 'action' value that
is passed when adding the rule.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550EM_a/x did not have a default value for mac->ops.setup_link which
was causing link issues for backplane devices.
This patch sets mac->ops.setup_link to ixgbe_setup_mac_link_X540 for
X550EM_a/x which is also default for X550. This will result in
mac->ops.setup_link calling the link setup function for the respective
PHY type in case we do not need a special function to deal with it.
Reported-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the PF driver would only set VLAN spoof checking if
the VF had created VLANs. This was done by setting and checking
a counter (vlan_count) whenever a VLAN was created by the VF.
However it is possible for the vlan_count to be !=0 while there are
no VLANs assigned to the VF due to the count incrementing every
time a VLAN 0 is added on ifdown/up, which resulted in VLAN spoofing
always being set for those VFs.
This patch cleans up the logic by unconditionally setting VLAN based on
how the VF is configured (via ip link set ethX vf Y spoofchk on/off).
This change also resolves an issue where the VLAN spoofing can remain
set even after being disabled by the user due to the driver enabling
VLAN spoof checking every time a VLAN is added to the VF, but would
only allow changes in the setting if vlan_count != 0.
Also default_vf_vlan_id and vlans_enabled were removed from the
vf_data_storage structure since they are not being used in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Consolidate the logic behind configuring spoof checking:
Move the setting of the MAC, VLAN and Ethertype spoof checking into
ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk().
Change ixgbe_set_mac_anti_spoofing() to set MAC spoofing per VF similar
to the VLAN and Ethertype functions - this allows us to call the helper
functions in ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk() for all spoof check types and
only disable MAC spoof checking when creating MACVLAN.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces kexec support for mlx5.
When switching kernels, kexec() calls shutdown, which unloads
the driver and cleans its resources.
In addition, remove unregister netdev from shutdown flow. This will
allow a clean shutdown, even if some netdev clients did not release their
reference from this netdev. Releasing The HW resources only is enough as
the kernel is shutting down
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The static is not required and breaks re-entrancy if it will be required.
Fixes: 2530236303 ("net/mlx5_core: Flow steering tree initialization")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set and report vport MTU rather than physical MTU,
Driver will set both vport and physical port mtu and will
rely on the query of vport mtu.
SRIOV VFs have to report their MTU to their vport manager (PF),
and this will allow them to work with any MTU they need
without failing the request.
Also for some cases where the PF is not a port owner, PF can
work with MTU less than the physical port mtu if set physical
port mtu didn't take effect.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minimum MTU that can be set in Connectx4 device is 68.
This fixes the case where a user wants to set invalid MTU,
the driver will fail to satisfy this request and the interface
will stay down.
It is better to report an error and continue working with old
mtu.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For set/query MTU port firmware commands the MTU field
is 16 bits, here I changed all the "int mtu" parameters
of the functions wrapping those firmware commands to be u16.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the upcoming ConnectX-5 devices (PF and VF) to the list of
supported devices by the mlx5 driver.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bit 25 of eth_proto_capability in PTYS register is
1000Base-TT and not 100Base-T.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to
support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the error flow of adding flow rule to auto-grouped flow
table, we call to tree_remove_node.
tree_remove_node locks the node's parent, however the node's parent
is already locked by mlx5_add_flow_rule and this causes a deadlock.
After this patch, if we failed to add the flow rule, we unlock the
flow table before calling to tree_remove_node.
fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped
flow table')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just updating the version as many fixes got
accumulated over 5.3.63
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both socfpga_dwmac_parse_data() in dwmac-socfpga.c and stmmac_dvr_probe()
in stmmac_main.c functions call devm_reset_control_get() to register an
reset controller for the stmmac. This results in an attempt to register
two reset controllers for the same non-shared reset line.
The first attempt to register the reset controller works fine. The second
attempt fails with warning from the reset controller core, see below.
The warning is produced because the reset line is non-shared and thus
it is allowed to have only up-to one reset controller associated with
that reset line, not two or more.
The solution has multiple parts. First, the original socfpga_dwmac_init()
is tweaked to use reset controller pointer from the stmmac_priv (private
data of the stmmac core) instead of the local instance, which was used
before. The local re-registration of the reset controller is removed.
Next, the socfpga_dwmac_init() is moved after stmmac_dvr_probe() in the
probe function. This order is legal according to Altera and it makes the
code much easier, since there is no need to temporarily register and
unregister the reset controller ; the reset controller is already registered
by the stmmac_dvr_probe().
Finally, plat_dat->exit and socfpga_dwmac_exit() is no longer necessary,
since the functionality is already performed by the stmmac core.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at drivers/reset/core.c:187 __of_reset_control_get+0x218/0x270
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.6.0-rc4-next-20160419-00015-gabb2477-dirty #4
Hardware name: Altera SOCFPGA
[<c010f290>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c010b82c>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c010b82c>] (show_stack) from [<c0373da4>] (dump_stack+0x94/0xa8)
[<c0373da4>] (dump_stack) from [<c011bcc0>] (__warn+0xec/0x104)
[<c011bcc0>] (__warn) from [<c011bd88>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x20/0x28)
[<c011bd88>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c03a6eb4>] (__of_reset_control_get+0x218/0x270)
[<c03a6eb4>] (__of_reset_control_get) from [<c03a701c>] (__devm_reset_control_get+0x54/0x90)
[<c03a701c>] (__devm_reset_control_get) from [<c041fa30>] (stmmac_dvr_probe+0x1b4/0x8e8)
[<c041fa30>] (stmmac_dvr_probe) from [<c04298c8>] (socfpga_dwmac_probe+0x1b8/0x28c)
[<c04298c8>] (socfpga_dwmac_probe) from [<c03d6ffc>] (platform_drv_probe+0x4c/0xb0)
[<c03d6ffc>] (platform_drv_probe) from [<c03d54ec>] (driver_probe_device+0x224/0x2bc)
[<c03d54ec>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c03d5630>] (__driver_attach+0xac/0xb0)
[<c03d5630>] (__driver_attach) from [<c03d382c>] (bus_for_each_dev+0x6c/0xa0)
[<c03d382c>] (bus_for_each_dev) from [<c03d4ad4>] (bus_add_driver+0x1a4/0x21c)
[<c03d4ad4>] (bus_add_driver) from [<c03d60ac>] (driver_register+0x78/0xf8)
[<c03d60ac>] (driver_register) from [<c0101760>] (do_one_initcall+0x40/0x170)
[<c0101760>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c0800e38>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x1dc/0x27c)
[<c0800e38>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c05d1bd4>] (kernel_init+0x8/0x114)
[<c05d1bd4>] (kernel_init) from [<c01076f8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x3c)
---[ end trace 059d2fbe87608fa9 ]---
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Matthew Gerlach <mgerlach@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix memory leak in iwlwifi, from Matti Gottlieb.
2) Add missing registration of netfilter arp_tables into initial
namespace, from Florian Westphal.
3) Fix potential NULL deref in DecNET routing code.
4) Restrict NETLINK_URELEASE to truly bound sockets only, from Dmitry
Ivanov.
5) Fix dst ref counting in VRF, from David Ahern.
6) Fix TSO segmenting limits in i40e driver, from Alexander Duyck.
7) Fix heap leak in PACKET_DIAG_MCLIST, from Mathias Krause.
8) Ravalidate IPV6 datagram socket cached routes properly, particularly
with UDP, from Martin KaFai Lau.
9) Fix endian bug in RDS dp_ack_seq handling, from Qing Huang.
10) Fix stats typing in bcmgenet driver, from Eric Dumazet.
11) Openvswitch needs to orphan SKBs before ipv6 fragmentation handing,
from Joe Stringer.
12) SPI device reference leak in spi_ks8895 PHY driver, from Mark Brown.
13) atl2 doesn't actually support scatter-gather, so don't advertise the
feature. From Ben Hucthings.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (72 commits)
openvswitch: use flow protocol when recalculating ipv6 checksums
Driver: Vmxnet3: set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for IPv6 packets
atl2: Disable unimplemented scatter/gather feature
net/mlx4_en: Split SW RX dropped counter per RX ring
net/mlx4_core: Don't allow to VF change global pause settings
net/mlx4_core: Avoid repeated calls to pci enable/disable
net/mlx4_core: Implement pci_resume callback
net: phy: spi_ks8895: Don't leak references to SPI devices
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix platform_data overwrite
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable
qede: Fix single MTU sized packet from firmware GRO flow
qede: Fix setting Skb network header
qede: Fix various memory allocation error flows for fastpath
tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_shifted_skb
tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_collapse_retrans
drivers: net: cpsw: fix wrong regs access in cpsw_ndo_open
tcp: Fix SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK when handling dup acks
openvswitch: Orphan skbs before IPv6 defrag
Revert "Prevent NUll pointer dereference with two PHYs on cpsw"
VSOCK: Only check error on skb_recv_datagram when skb is NULL
...
qlcnic_attach_func requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan_get_rx_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_start_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fm10k_open requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
be_open calls down to functions which expects rtnl lock to be held.
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Cc: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atl2 includes NETIF_F_SG in hw_features even though it has no support
for non-linear skbs. This bug was originally harmless since the
driver does not claim to implement checksum offload and that used to
be a requirement for SG.
Now that SG and checksum offload are independent features, if you
explicitly enable SG *and* use one of the rare protocols that can use
SG without checkusm offload, this potentially leaks sensitive
information (before you notice that it just isn't working). Therefore
this obscure bug has been designated CVE-2016-2117.
Reported-by: Justin Yackoski <jyackoski@crypto-nite.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: ec5f061564 ("net: Kill link between CSUM and SG features.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Counts the number of RX buffer allocation failures and shows it
in ethtool statistics.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mlx5e_handle_csum and eth_type_trans to the end of
mlx5e_build_rx_skb to gain some more time before accessing
skb->data, to reduce cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit-op operation one line before is an explicit barrier
by itself.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of netdev_alloc_skb, we use the napi_alloc_skb function
which is designated to allocate skbuff's for RX in a
channel-specific NAPI instance, and implies the IP packet alignment.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the allocation of a linear (physically continuous) MPWQE fails,
we allocate a fragmented MPWQE.
This is implemented via device's UMR (User Memory Registration)
which allows to register multiple memory fragments into ConnectX
hardware as a continuous buffer.
UMR registration is an asynchronous operation and is done via
ICO SQs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added ICO (Internal Control Operations) SQ per channel to be used
for driver internal operations such as memory registration for
fragmented memory and nop requests upon ifconfig up.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the feature of multi-packet WQE (RX Work Queue Element)
referred to as (MPWQE or Striding RQ), in which WQEs are larger
and serve multiple packets each.
Every WQE consists of many strides of the same size, every received
packet is aligned to a beginning of a stride and is written to
consecutive strides within a WQE.
In the regular approach, each regular WQE is big enough to be capable
of serving one received packet of any size up to MTU or 64K in case of
device LRO is enabled, making it very wasteful when dealing with
small packets or device LRO is enabled.
For its flexibility, MPWQE allows a better memory utilization
(implying improvements in CPU utilization and packet rate) as packets
consume strides according to their size, preserving the rest of
the WQE to be available for other packets.
MPWQE default configuration:
Num of WQEs = 16
Strides Per WQE = 2048
Stride Size = 64 byte
The default WQEs memory footprint went from 1024*mtu (~1.5MB) to
16 * 2048 * 64 = 2MB per ring.
However, HW LRO can now be supported at no additional cost in memory
footprint, and hence we turn it on by default and get an even better
performance.
Performance tested on ConnectX4-Lx 50G.
To isolate the feature under test, the numbers below were measured with
HW LRO turned off. We verified that the performance just improves when
LRO is turned back on.
* Netperf single TCP stream:
- BW raised by 10-15% for representative packet sizes:
default, 64B, 1024B, 1478B, 65536B.
* Netperf multi TCP stream:
- No degradation, line rate reached.
* Pktgen: packet rate raised by 2-10% for traffic of different message
sizes: 64B, 128B, 256B, 1024B, and 1500B.
* Pktgen: packet loss in bursts of small messages (64byte),
single stream:
- | num packets | packets loss before | packets loss after
| 2K | ~ 1K | 0
| 8K | ~ 6K | 0
| 16K | ~13K | 0
| 32K | ~28K | 0
| 64K | ~57K | ~24K
As expected as the driver can receive as many small packets (<=64B) as
the number of total strides in the ring (default = 2048 * 16) vs. 1024
(default ring size regardless of packets size) before this feature.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for Striding RQ feature, which will need its own
RX handlers.
This patch does not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distribute default RSS table uniformly over the rings of the
close NUMA node, instead of all available channels.
This way we enforce the preference of close rings over far ones.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Connect all netdev RQs to this set of queue counters.
Also, add an "rx_out_of_buffer" counter to ethtool,
which indicates RX packet drops due to lack of receive
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A queue counter can collect several statistics for one or more
hardware queues (QPs, RQs, etc ..) that the counter is attached to.
For Ethernet it will provide an "out of buffer" counter which
collects the number of all packets that are dropped due to lack
of software buffers.
Here we add device commands to alloc/query/dealloc queue counters.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
